Feb' - Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board

aa

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR

SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR (MINING OF COLOUR GRANITE-Srikakulam Blue)

Lessee, Chimaladinnee Sridhar, Address: SS Grandeur

Plot no: 5, 6,7,8,9 & 10, Phase -5, KPHB Colony, Hyderabad

Site Address

Extent: 14.54 Ha Sy. No. 1, Bellukola (V)

Nandigama (M), Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh

Production capacity Colour Granite – 12180 m3 per Annum

Baseline data collected: October’ 2021 to December’ 2021 Sector: 01 – Mining of minerals, Cat –B1

Approved ToR Lr. No: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/12/2020/2641-267 Dt: 07.07.2021

PREPARED BY

H.O: Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12, Visakhapatnam

Ph: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected] Ph: 9440338628

QCI NABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOEF&CC, New Delhi.

Feb’

2022

SVELC/CS/DRAFT/EIA

UNDERTAKING

I, the undersigned Mr. Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee of Colour Granite mine in the

name of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar over an extent of 14.54 Ha., located at Sy. No. 1 of

Bellukola Village, Nandigam Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh do hereby

solemnly affirm and declare that SV Enviro Labs & Consultants located at Enviro

House, Block –B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam -12 has obtained ToRs for

our mine to obtain Environmental Clearance under the EIA notification, 2006.

As a Project proponent, I undertake that the present Draft EIA study report of the

mining project of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar located at Sy. No: 1 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigam Mandal, Srikakulam District is entirely with the prescribed ToRs.

And further, I endorse all the data and information of the EIA report, as presented by

EIA consultant SV Enviro Labs & Consultants to be accurate, true and correct and I

own the responsibility for the same.

Thanks & Regards

For Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

Chimaladinne Sridhar

Lessee

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EIA

“Draft Environmental Impact Assessment for the mining of Colour Granite – 12180 m3 per

annum in an area of 14.54 Ha at Sy. No: 1, Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh by Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar.

I hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Co-ordinator

Name : Dr. M. Tarakeswara Naidu

Signature :

Functional Area Experts:

S. No Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert

Category as per NABET

Involvement (Period and task**)

Signature and Date

1. EIA

Coordinator

Dr. M. Tarakeswara

Naidu

A Mining

2. AP M. Murali Krishna

A Air Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

3. WP V. Hemalatha

A Water Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

4. SHW K. Anitha A Solid waste management

5. SE Dr. B. Vijay Bhaskara

Rao

A Socioeconomic studies

6. EB Dr. M. Tarakeswara

Naidu

A Ecology and Bio-diversity

7. HG Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Hydrology

8. GEO Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A

Geology

9. SC M. Tarakeswara Naidu B Soil conservation

10. AQ M. Murali Krishna A Air quality

modelling

11. NV M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration

12. LU Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna A Land use studies

13. RH Shaik Kasim A Risk and hazard

study

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft

EIA for Colour Granite mine – 12180 m3 per annum, in an area of 14.54 Ha at Sy. No: 1,

Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh by Sri

Chimaladinne Sridhar.

Signature:

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Designation: Managing Partner

Name of the EIA consultant organization: SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 Dt: 28.09.2020 and valid up

to 16.04.2022.

INDEX

Sl.No. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

Chapter-I Introduction

1.0 Introduction 1-1

1.1 Purpose of the report 1-1

1.2 Details of the project & identification of project proponent 1-2

1.3 Background Information of the Project 1-2

1.4 Brief description of the project 1-3

1.5 Justification and need of the project 1-3

1.6 Project location 1-4

1.7 Regulatory compliances & applicable laws/regulations 1-6

1.8 Environmental parameters in the study area 1-6

1.9 Generic structure of EIA document 1-7

1.10 Post environment clearance monitoring 1-7

Chapter-II Project Description

2.0 General 2-1

2.1 Description of the project 2-1

2.2 Location details 2-1

2.2.1 Details about Project Site 2-2

2.3 Geology and exploration 2-6

2.3.1 Regional geology 2-6

2.3.2 Local geology 2-6

2.4 Method of Mining 2-8

2.4.1 Details of Production 2-8

2.5 Reserves 2-11

2.6 Waste Dump Management 2-12

2.7 Conceptual Plan 2-13

2.7.1 Land use 2-13

2.7.2 Mining methodology 2-14

2.7.3 Mining machinery 2-14

2.7.4 Site services 2-15

2.8 Employment potential 2-15

2.9 Project cost 2-16

Chapter-III Description Of The Environment


3.1 Study area 3-1

3.2 Study period 3-1

3.3 Methodology of EIA study 3-1

3.4 Collection of baseline data 3-2

3.4.1 Micro meteorological data 3-2

3.4.2 Winds 3-4

3.5 Air environment 3-7

3.5.1 Selection of sampling locations 3-7

3.5.2 Methodology of sampling and analysis 3-7

3.5.3 Frequency of sampling 3-7

3.5.4 Existing ambient air quality 3-12

3.6 Water environment 3-13

3.6.1 Surface water & ground water quality assessment 3-13


3.6.3 Sampling techniques 3-14

3.6.4 Analytical techniques 3-15

3.6.5 Water sampling stations 3-16

3.6.6 Ground water quality of the study area 3-19

3.6.7 Summary of groundwater quality 3-21

3.6.8 Surface water quality of the study area 3-22

3.6.9 Surface water quality results are summarized 3-23

3.7 Soil quality 3-23


3.7.2 Sampling and analytical techniques 3-24

3.7.3 Details of soil sampling locations 3-25

3.7.4 Soil analysis results in the study area 3-27

3.7.5 Summary of soil analysis data 3-28

3.7.6 Standard soil classification 3-29

3.8 Noise environment 3-30

3.8.1 Identification of sampling locations 3-30

3.8.2 Methodology 3-30

3.8.3 Noise monitoring locations 3-31

3.8.4 Description of locations 3-31

3.8.5 Noise levels in the study area 3-33

3.9 Geology and Hydrogeology 3-35

3.9.1 Topography 3-35

3.9.2 Drainage 3-35

3.9.3 Geology 3-35

3.9.4 Geomorphology 3-36

3.10 Landuse/Land cover 3-42

3.10.1 Objectives 3-42


3.10.3 Land use pattern-remote Sensing data 3-43

3.10.3.1 Satellite data 3-44

3.10.3.2 Topographical data 3-44

3.10.4 Land use Map Analysis 3-45

3.10.5 Spatial Data from SOI Topographical Sheets 3-45

3.10.6 Contour Map and Elevations of Study Area 3-46

3.10.7 Topography (digital elevation model) 3-46

3.10.8 Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone 3-46

3.11 Biological environment 3-54

3.12 Socio - economic environment 3-87

Chapter-IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures


4.1 Impacts on air quality 4-8

4.1.1 Quantitative estimation of impacts on air environment 4-8

4.1.2 Sources of dust emission 4-8

4.1.3 Emission details 4-9

4.1.4 Meteorological data 4-9

4.1.5 Assumptions made in the prediction of air pollution impacts 4-9

4.1.6 Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particulate matter

4-10

4.1.7 Air quality mitigation measures 4-10

4.2 Water environment 4-11

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures 4-11

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting 4-12

4.2.3 Impacts on ground water table 4-12

4.3 Land environment 4-12

4.3.1 Solid waste generation 4-12

4.3.2 Soil erosion 4-13

4.3.3 Reclamation of degraded areas 4-13

4.3.3 Program of afforestation 4-14

4.3.4 Impact on land use and reclamation measures 4-14

4.4 Noise environment 4-15

4.4.1 Impact due to Noise and Vibration 4-15

4.4.2 Noise and Vibration Control Measures 4-16

4.5 Biological environment 4-16

4.5.1 Impacts on Biological Environment 4-16

4.5.2 Mitigation measures 4-17

4.5.3 Greenbelt developmnet 4-18

4.6 Traffic analysis 4-19

4.6.1 Impact on road network 4-20

4.7 Socio-economic conditions 4-20

4.7.1 Impact on socio-economic conditions 4-20

4.7.2 Impact on Human Settlement 4-21

4.8 Impact on occupational health and safety 4-22

Chapter-V Analysis Of Alternatives

5.0 General 5-1

5.1 Alternate Technology 5-1

5.2 Alternate Site 5-1

Chapter-VI Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.0 Environmental Monitoring 6-1

6.1 Environment management 6-1

6.2 Monitoring around the Mine site 6-2

6.3 Post Project Monitoring programme 6-2

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring 6-2

6.4 Monitoring schedule for environmental parameters 6-3

6.5 Implementation Schedule 6-3

6.6 Monitoring Equipment And Consumables 6-4

Chapter-VII Additional Studies

7.0 Public consultation 7-1

7.1 Risk assessment 7-1

7.1.1 Drilling risks 7-2

7.1.2 Failure of slope in the pit 7-2

7.1.3 Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains 7-3

7.1.4 Accidents of heavy machinery 7-3

7.1.5 Disaster due to surface fire 7-3

7.2 Disaster management plan 7-4

7.3 Implementation of emp and monitoring system 7-5

7.3.1 General 7-5

7.4 Implementation 7-6

7.5 Activities to be monitored / inspected by EMC 7-6

7.5.1 Land erosion 7-6

7.5.2 Drainage 7-7

7.5.3 Revegetation and green belt development 7-7

7.5.4 Occupational health 7-7

7.5.5 Operation and Maintenance 7-8

7.6 Compliance of the additional terms of reference 7-9

7.6.1 Waste dump management plan in the mining plan 7-9

7.6.2 Tree enumeration & bio mass assessment 7-10

Chapter-VIII Project Benefits

8.0 General 8-1

8.1 Employment 8-1

8.2 Occupational health 8-1

8.3 Improvements in physical and social infrastructure 8-1

8.3.1 Improvements in physical infrastructure 8-2

8.3.2 Improvements in social infrastructure 8-2

8.3.3 Prevention of illegal mining & contribution to the exchequer 8-2

8.3.4 Enhancement of green cover 8-3

8.4 Other tangible benefits 8-3

Chapter-IX Environmental Management Plan


9.1 Objectives of environmental management plan 9-4

9.2 Air quality management 9-4

9.2.1 Air pollution control measures 9-5

9.2.2 Controlling of other emissions 9-6

9.3 Water quality management 9-6

9.4 Noise level monitoring 9-6

9.4.1 Parameters 9-7


9.4.3 Noise quality management 9-7

9.4.4 Noise pollution control 9-7

9.5 Water consumption & waste water generation 9-8

9.6 Biological management 9-9

9.6.1 Tree plantation program 9-9

9.6.2 Biological Management Plan 9-9

9.6.3 Criteria for selection of species 9-9

9.6.4 Design of green development 9-10

9.7 Soil management 9-11

9.8 Land environment 9-11

9.8.1 Land use 9-11

9.8.2 Mine roads 9-11

9.8.3 Proposed mitigating measures 9-12

9.9 Socio-economic environment & safety 9-12

9.9.1 Occupational health and safety measures 9-13

9.9.2 Public health implication, occupational health survey program and first aid

9-14

9.10 Project cost 9-15

Chapter-X Summary & Conclusion

10.0 Summary and conclusions 10-1

10.1 Recommendation 10-1

Chapter-XI Disclosure of Consultants

11.0 Disclosure of NABET accredited organisation for EIA studies 11-1

11.1 About Sv Enviro Labs & Consultants (SVELC) 11-2

11.2 Services offered by Sv Enviro 11-2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

Chapter -I:- Introduction

1.1 Description of project proponent 1-2

Chapter -II :-Project Description

2.1 Details about the project area 2-2

2.2 Year wise production 2-10

2.3 Waste generation 2-12

2.4 Land Use details 2-13

2.5 Details of Machinery 2-14

2.6 Fresh Water Requirement & Wastewater generation 2-15

2.7 Employment details 2-16

Chapter -III:-Description Of The Environment

3.1 IMD Climatological Data (History) of Kalingapatnam from 1960-2000

3-3

3.2 Micro meteorological data at site 3-4

3.3 Techniques and Detectable limits for ambient air quality monitoring

3-8

3.4 Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations 3-8

3.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area 3-10

3.6 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling 3-14

3.7 Analytical techniques for water analysis 3-15

3.8 Water sampling stations 3-16

3.9 Ground water quality results 3-19

3.10 Surface water quality of the study area 3-22

3.11 Analytical techniques for soil analysis 3-24

3.12 Soil Sampling Locations 3-25

3.13 Soil analysis results 3-27

3.14 Noise monitoring locations 3-31

3.15 Noise levels in the study area 3-33

3.16 Dynamic Ground water Resources - Nandigam 3-42

3.17 Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone 3-52

3.18 Details of the forest blocks in the study area 3-55

3.19 Mode of data collection and parameters considered during the 3-57

survey

3.20 List of plant species observed in core area of the project 3-58

3.21 List of plant species observed in buffer area of the project 3-65

3.22 List of wildlife found in the study area 3-79

3.23 List of Avian species found in and around proposed project 3-80

3.24 List of Reptiles found in and around the mining site 3-83

3.25 List of Amphibian species 3-83

3.26 List of butterflies 3-84

3.27 List of aquatic / semi aquatic macrophytes found in the study area

3-85

3.28 Freshwater Phytoplankton from the study area 3-86

3.29 Freshwater Zooplankton from the Study Area 3-86

3.30 Checklist of fishes in the study area 3-87

3.31 Demographical details as per 2011 census 3-93

3.32 Population details of the Nandigama Mandal 3-95

3.33 Number of government medical facilities (allopathic) available

during 2009-2010 year

3-102

Chapter -IV:-Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Expected Nature of Impacts 4-1

4.2 Identified/Predicted Environmental Impacts with & without Mitigation Measures

4-2

4.3 Noise impact 4-15

4.4 Details of proposed plantation 4-17

4.5 Selected lists of plant species for Greenbelt development 4-19

4.6 Surrounging villages with their population 4-21

Chapter -VI:- Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters 6-3

6.2 Implementation Schedule 6-3


7.1 List of total trees enumerated in the proposed mine 7-15

7.2 List of dominant families with reference to species number 7-17

7.3 Biodiversity parameters of tree species enumerated in the mine 7-18

7.4 Importance Value Index (IVI) of tree species in the Ch. Sridhar mine

7-20

7.5 Species wise contribution of biomass in the mine lease area 7-28

Chapter -IX:- Environmental Management Plan

9.1 EMP costing for the proposed project 9-2

9.2 Ambient Air Quality Standards 9-5

9.3 Air Pollution Control Measures 9-5

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

Chapter -I:- Introduction

1.1 Location of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar 1-5

Chapter -II :-Project Description

2.1 Google map (10 km radius) 2-4

2.2 Topomap of Project site with 10 km radius 2-5

2.3 Geological plan the project site 2-7

2.4 Five year production plan and sections 2-10

Chapter -III:-Description of the Environment

3.1 Wind rose diagram for the month of October 2021 to December 2021

3-6

3.2 Location Ambient Air Quality Stations 3-9

3.3 Water sampling locations 3-18

3.4 Soil sampling locations 3-26

3.5 Noise monitoring locations 3-32

3.6 Geology map of the Srikakulam district 3-37

3.7 Geomorpholgy of the Srikakulam District 3-37

3.8 Hydrogeology of the Srikakulam district 3-38

3.9 Depth of water level Pre-monsoon in Srikakulam district 3-41

3.10 Depth of water level Post – Monsoon in Srikakulam district 3-41

3.11 Flow chart of methodolgy 3-44

3.12 Satellite image within the 10 km radius 3-47

3.13 Contour levels within the 10 km radius 3-48

3.14 Digital Elevation Map 3-49

3.15 The map showing river order within the 10 km radius 3-50

3.16 The map showing Land use and Land Cover within the 10 km radius

3-51

3.17 Graphical Presentation of Land Use Statistics 3-53


7.1 Organizational setup of EMC 7-5

7.2 Location of the study area 7-11

7.3 Floristic survey and quantitative assessment of plant resources of Ch. Sridhar mine

7-13

7.4 Girth class distribution of density and basal area in the study area

7-23

7.5 Raunkiaer’s frequency classes 7-24

Chapter -IX:- Environmental Management Plan

9.1 Water balance 9-8

Chapter –XII: - Disclosure of Consultants

11.1 NABET Certificate 11-3

11.2 NABET validity extension 11-4

ANNEXURES

Annexure -I ToR Copy

Annexure -II Mining plan & Drawings

Annexure -III Cluster Letter and cluster Map

Annexure -IV Cluster EMP

APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE

ToR Lr. No: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/12/2020/2641-267 Dated: 07.07.2021

S. No Standard Terms Of Reference TOR Compliance/Section No.

1 Year wise production details since 1994

should be given, clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one year prior to

1994. It may also be categorically informed

whether there had been any increase in

production after EIA Notification 1994 came

into force, w.r.t the highest production

achieved prior to 1994.

The Director of Mines & Geology

after careful examination had

granted a quarry lease for Colour

Granite over an extent of 14.54 Ha.,

in Sy. No. 1 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam

District in favour of Sri

Chimaladinne Sridhar vide Notice

No: 1279/D1-2/2020, Dated:

03.11.2020 for a period of 20

years.

2 A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine should be given.

The rightful lessee of the mine is

Chimaladinne Sridhar vide Notice

No: 1279/D1-2/2020, Dated:

03.11.2020 and mine lease

document is available in the

approved mining plan attached as

Annexure – I.

3 All documents including approved mine plan,

EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible

with one another in terms of the mine lease

area, production levels, waste generation and

its management, mining technology etc. and

should be in the name of the lessee.

While preparing EIA it has been

ensured that all the documents

including approved mining plan,

EIA are compatible with one

another in terms of the mine lease

area, production levels, waste

generation and its management,

mining technology etc and are in the

name of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar.

4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,

superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/

toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology

and geology of the area should be provided.

Such an Imagery of the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and other ecological

features of the study area (core and buffer

zone).

All the corner coordinates of mine

lease are has been

marked/superimposed on topo

sheet.

10 km radius Topo map of 1:50,000

scale of the mine lease area is given

in Chapter II; Fig. 2.2.

Corner co-ordinates are

superimposed on High resolution

Google earth imagery is given in

Chapter-II under Fig 2.1.

5 Information should be provided in Survey of

India Topo sheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area, geomorphology of

land forms of the area, existing minerals and

mining history of the area, important water

bodies, streams and rivers and soil

characteristics.

Required topo sheet is provided at

Fig:-2.2 in Chapter-II.

Important water bodies, streams,

rivers are shown in topo sheet

which is provided by Survey of

India.

6 Details about the land proposed for mining

activities should be given with information as

to whether mining conforms to the land use

policy of the State; land diversion for mining

should have approval from State land use

board or the concerned authority.

The Director of Mines & Geology

after careful examination had

granted a quarry lease for Colour

Granite over an extent of 14.54 Ha.,

in Sy. No. 1 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam

District in favour of Sri

Chimaladinne Sridhar. Notice No:

1279/D1-2/2020, Dated: 03.11.2020

for a period of 20 years.

Land diversion is not applicable.

7 It should be clearly stated whether the The project proponent is committed

proponent Company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA

Report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of

the environmental or forest norms/

conditions? The hierarchical system or

administrative order of the Company to deal

with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions

may also be given. The system of reporting of

non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the

Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders

at large, may also be detailed in the EIA

Report.

to environmental safeguard and

sustainable development.

Environmental Monitoring Cell

shall be established for reporting

environmental issues. The

Environmental policy is as follows:

Prevent Environmental

pollution by continual

improvement in environmental

performance of the

Environmental Management

Plan.

Comply with all the

environmental legislations,

regulations under the EIA

Notification 2006 & subsequent

amendments.

Promote environmental

awareness amongst employees,

local communities and

interested parties through

proactive communication and

training.

Training to employees in terms of

Safety, Health & Environment

through Mining association &

Authorized Agency.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open cast

mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each

The method of mining is open cast

semi mechanised.

Subsidence study is not applicable

as the mine is not underground

case should also be provided. mining.

Mining will be done during non-

rainy period.

Safety measures:

The working pits will be

under vigilance during the

working and non working

hours.

Detailed occupational health and

safety is mentioned at Chapter -IV

under section: 4.8.

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery

and the data contained in the EIA such as

waste generation etc. should be for the life of

the mine lease period.

About 45790 m3 of Granite waste

will be generated every year and

228950.40 m3 will be generated

during the ensuing five years

period. It will be dumped separately

in the earmarked yard within the

mine over an extent of 2.250 Ha.

Waste generated during the ensuing

scheme will be dumped in a single

step and the slopes will have angle

of repose so that no creep of waste

will take place. The detailed year

wise waste production is mentioned

in Chapter-II under section 2.7.

10 Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should

Land use/Land cover is exclusively

detailed in section 3.10 of Chapter-

III.

Impacts on Land Use are mentioned

in section 4.3 of Chapter-IV.

be prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land

use should be given.

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden

Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent

of land area, distance from mine lease, its land

use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

About 45790 m3 of Granite waste

will be generated every year and

228950.40 m3 will be generated

during the ensuing five years

period. It will be dumped separately

in the earmarked yard within the

mine over an extent of 2.250 Ha.

Waste generated during the ensuing

scheme will be dumped in a single

step and the slopes will have angle

of repose so that no creep of waste

will take place.

No R&R issues are anticipated for

this mine.

12 A Certificate from the Competent Authority

in the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State Forest

Department along with the Regional Office of

the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard

as mentioned above be issued. In all such

cases, it would be desirable for representative

of the State Forest Department to assist the

There is no involvement of forest

land in the mine area, hence not

applicable.

Expert Appraisal Committees.

13 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory Afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A copy of the

forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not Applicable.

14 Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not Applicable.

15 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the

study area, with necessary details, should be

given.

Flora studies conducted in the core

and buffer zones and are covered in

Chapter-III under section-3.11.

16 A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of

the study area and details furnished. Impact of

the project on the wildlife in the surrounding

and any other protected area and accordingly,

detailed mitigative measures required, should

be worked out with cost implications and

submitted.

Fauna studies conducted in the core

and buffer zone is covered in


Mitigation measures on the

biological environment are covered

in Chapter-IX.

17 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors,

Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves/(existing

as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of

the mine lease should be clearly indicated,

supported by a location map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden.

Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to

such projects due to proximity of the

No National Parks, Wildlife

Sanctuaries, Tiger/Elephant

Reserves exist in the core or buffer

zone of the lease area.

ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned

above, should be obtained from the Standing

Committee of National Board of Wildlife and

copy furnished.

18 A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of

the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be

carried out. Details of flora and fauna,

endangered, endemic and RET Species duly

authenticated, separately for core and buffer

zone should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating the

Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the

necessary plan along with budgetary

provisions for their conservation should be

prepared in consultation with State Forest and

Wildlife Department and details furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as

part of the project cost.

Biological study is covered in


Tabular data of the species also

mentioned in section 3.11 in

Chapter-III.

19 Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically

Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come

under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should

also be indicated and where so required,

clearance certifications from the prescribed

Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining

Department should be secured and furnished

to the effect that the proposed mining

activities could be considered.

No critically polluted areas come

under the core zone or buffer zone

of the lease area.

20 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

features such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

under CRZ would also need to obtain

approval of the concerned Coastal Zone

Management Authority).

No CRZ regulation is applicable.

21 R&R Plan/compensation details for the

Project Affected People (PAP) should be

furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the

relevant State/National Rehabilitation &

Resettlement Policy should be kept in view.

In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker

sections of the society in the study area, a

need based sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess their

requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It may

be clearly brought out whether the village(s)

located in the mine lease area will be shifted

or not. The issues relating to shifting of

village(s) including their R&R and socio-

economic aspects should be discussed in the

Report.

Not Applicable.

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May

(Summer Season); October-December (post

monsoon season) ; December-February

(winter season)]primary baseline data on

Baseline data (Water quality, noise

level, soil, flora and fauna, AAQ,

Meteorological data) for the period

of Oct 2021 to Dec’ 2021 is

ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification

of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and

flora and fauna shall be collected and the

AAQ and other data so compiled presented

date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-

specific meteorological data should also be

collected. The location of the monitoring

stations should be such as to represent whole

of the study area and justified keeping in view

the pre-dominant downwind direction and

location of sensitive receptors. There should

be at least one monitoring station within 500

m of the mine lease in the predominant

downwind direction. The mineralogical

composition of PM10, particularly for free

silica, should be given.

collected within the study area and

same is elaborated in chapter -III.

23. Air quality modelling should be carried out

for prediction of impact of the project on the

air quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral. The details of

the model used and input parameters used for

modelling should be provided. The air quality

contours may be shown on a location map

clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind roses showing

predominant wind direction may also be

indicated on the map.

Detailed air quality for prediction of

impacts is elaborated in Chapter –

IV under section: 4.1.

There are no point sources proposed

in the mine lease area.

Vehicular movement will be

restricted in terms of speed, hence

the fugitive emissions will be

localised.

The wind rose is shown in chapter -

III under Fig no: 3.1.

24 The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should also be

The total water requirement for

mine expansion is 14.0 KLD and

will be met through water tankers

provided. Fresh water requirement for the

project should be indicated.

from surrounding villages. Detailed

water balance is mentioned in

Chapter -IX under Fig 9.1

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the project should be provided.

As we are not drawing any ground

water, hence clearance from ground

water board is not applicable.

26. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the project, if any, should be

provided.

Water conservation measures are

mentioned under section-9.3 in

Chapter-IX.

Rain water Harvesting is covered

under section 4.2.2 in Chapter-IV.

27 Impact of the Project on the water quality,

both surface and groundwater, should be

assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if

any required, should be provided.

Impacts on water quality are tabled

in Chapter-IV under Table-4.2 and

safeguard measures are covered

under section 4.2.

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly

be shown whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be

provided. In case the working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed Hydro

Geological Study should be undertaken and

Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall

include details of the aquifers present and

impact of mining activities on these aquifers.

Necessary permission from Central Ground

Water Authority for working below ground

water and for pumping of ground water

should also be obtained and copy furnished.

The mine workings will not

intersect ground water as per

Approved Mining Plan.

29 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, There are no streams or other

passing through the lease area and

modification / diversion proposed, if any, and

the impact of the same on the hydrology

should be brought out.

natural water courses existing in this

mine.

30 Information on site elevation, working depth,

groundwater table etc. Should be provided

both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram

may also be provided for the same.

Site elevation is 139 m AMSL, The

water table is located at a depth of

about 50-60m from the ground

level. The mine workings will not

reach the ground water table depth

as per approved mining plan.

31 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and time

frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed up front on

commencement of the Project. Phase-wise

plan of plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted clearly

indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

given. The plant species selected for green

belt should have greater ecological value and

should be of good utility value to the local

population with emphasis on local and native

species and the species which are tolerant to

pollution.

Year-wise Green belt development

schedule is depicted in section 4.5

in Chapter-IV.

Schedule of species for plantation is

also shown in Table 4.4 in chapter-

IV.

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to

the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the

Project in the present road network (including

Traffic analysis has been done in

section 4.6 in chapter-IV.

those outside the Project area) should be

worked out, indicating whether it is capable of

handling the incremental load. Arrangement

for improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action to be taken by

other agencies such as State Government)

should be covered. Project Proponent shall

conduct Impact of Transportation study as per

Indian Road Congress Guidelines.

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be

provided to the mine workers should be

included in the EIA Report.

Temporary rest shelter and sanitary

facilities are provided in the mine

lease area.

34 Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate number

of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Conceptual post mining plan is

explained in section 2.8 in chapter-

II.

35 Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail.

Details of pre-placement medical examination

and periodical medical examination schedules

should be incorporated in the EMP. The

project specific occupational health mitigation

measures with required facilities proposed in

the mining area may be detailed.

Occupational Health Impacts are

mentioned in Chapter-IV under

section 4.8.

Whereas the preventive measures

are embedded in section-9.9 in

Chapter-IX.

36 Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically

evaluated and the proposed remedial measures

should be detailed along with budgetary

allocations.

Public Health Implications are

discussed in section 9.9.2 in

chapter-IX. And the budget

allocations are inscribed in Table -

9.1.

37 Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should

be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.

Measures on socio-economic

conditions are mentioned in chapter

-IV under section 4.7.

38 Detailed environmental management plan

(EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the impacts of

change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health

impacts besides other impacts specific to the

proposed Project.

Detailed Environmental

Management Plan and cost

implication for EMP is mentioned

in Chapter -IX.

39 Public Hearing points raised and commitment

of the Project Proponent on the same along

with time bound Action Plan with budgetary

provisions to implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

The Draft EIA is being submitting

for conducting public hearing. Final

EIA report will be submitted along

with public hearing points after

conducting public hearing.

40 Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any, with direction /order passed by

any Court of Law against the Project should

be given.

No litigations pending against the

project.

41 The cost of the Project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should be clearly

spelt out.

Total project cost is Rs. 65.0 lakhs

EMP BUDGET

Capital Cost : 8.5 Lakhs

Recurring cost per annum : 7.3

Lakhs

Detailed EMP budget is given in

Chapter IX

42 A Disaster management Plan shall be

prepared and included in the EIA/EMP

Report.

DMP is covered in section 7.2 in

chapter-VII.

43 Benefits of the Project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The benefits

of the Project shall clearly indicate

environmental, social, economic, employment

potential, etc.

Project Benefits is covered in

Chapter-VIII.

Additional TOR

S. No Additional Terms Of Reference TOR Compliance/Section No.

1 Waste Dump Management Plan in the Mining

plan.

2 Tree Enumeration & Bio mass assessment.

SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 Ha EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

OF

SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR (MINING OF COLOUR GRANITE-Srikakulam Blue)

Lessee, Chimaladinnee Sridhar, Address: SS Grandeur

Plot no: 5, 6,7,8,9 & 10, Phase -5, KPHB Colony, Hyderabad

Site Address

Extent: 14.54 Ha Sy. No. 1, Bellukola (V)

Nandigama (M), Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh

Production capacity Colour Granite – 12180 m3 per Annum

Baseline data collected: October’ 2021 to December’ 2021 Sector: 01 – Mining of minerals, Cat –B1

Approved ToR Lr. No: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/12/2020/2641-267 Dt: 07.07.2021

PREPARED BY

H.O: Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12, Visakhapatnam

Ph: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected]

Ph: 9440338628

QCI NABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOE&F, New Delhi.

Feb’

2022


2

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee has filed an application for grant of Colour

Granite (Srikakulam Blue) quarry over an extent of 21.77 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of

Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh.

The Assistant Director of Mines & Geology, Tekkali submitted proposals for grant of

quarry lease in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar for an extent of 14.54 Hectares in

Sy. No.1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District vide proposal

in File No: 1889/Q/2014, dt.15.02.2020.

After careful examination of the proposals of the Assistant Director of Mines &

Geology, Tekkali, The Director of Mines & Geology, Ibrahimpatnam has agreed for

grant of Quarry lease for a period of 20 years in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

over an extent of 14.54 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama

Mandal, Srikakulam District vide Notice No: 1279/D1-2/2020, Dated: 03.11.2020

The Mining plan was approved by DDM&G, Srikakulam vide Letter No: 1318/MP-

TKL/2020, dated: 01.12.2020.

In order to fulfill the further necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout

required Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the mine lease

area.

This assessment is performed to identify the likely Environmental Impacts and based

on the findings; an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the

EIA Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for

Mining projects.

The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and the State

Pollution Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.

This study covers an area surrounding the project site with a radial distance of 10 km

from the mining lease area. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the Period

of October’ 2021 to December’ 2021.


3

1.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Details about Project site

Nature of the project Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

Mining of Colour Granite (Srikakulam Blue)

Size of the Project Maximum Production:

Colour Granite – 12180 m3/Annum

LOCATION OF PROJECT

District & State Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh

Village & Mandal Bellukola Village & Nandigama Mandal

Land Availability 14.54 Ha.

Nearest Village Nilapuram Village at a distance of 0.35 km.

Ownership Government land

Toposheet No. 74 B/6

GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

Annual rainfall 1027 mm

Min and max temp. 17.5 C to 34 C

Predominant wind direction SE to SW and E to W

GENERAL LOCATION DETAILS

Nearest human settlement Nilapuram Village at a distance of 0.35 km.

Nearest town Nandigam at a distance of 5.92 km

Nearest railway station/Airport Tekkali Railway Station at 9.16 km

Archaeological /Historically Important Site

No historical monuments exist in and around the

mine lease area.

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals, schools and community facilities are

available at Nandigam Mandal and nearby

villages.

Sanctuaries / National parks None within 10 km radius of the site

Reserve Forests/Protected Forests Pedda Kedari R.F-2.69Km-W

Jadupalli R.F-5.45km-NW

Banapuram R.F – 6.94Km NE

Water bodies One first order stream passing through the buffer

zone of the lease area in West.

Seasonal Pond – 1.54 km SW


4

Seasonal Pond – 2.01 km N


Seasonal Pond – 2.12 km E

Gotta Barrage Left Main Canal – 2.78 km SE

Sitagal Cheruvu – 5.06 km SE

Mahendra Tananaya River – 4.36 km NW

Balancing Reservoir – 7.69 km SW


5

Topo Map (10 km radius


6

1.2 DETAILS OF PRODUCTION

YEAR WISE PRODUCTION FOR ENSUING FIVE YEARS PERIOD

The proposed mining method is open cast semi mechanized method of mining by

forming benches, the height may vary between 5 to 6 m, and the width will be 3 to 4

m. The main splitting will be effected by a Diamond Wire saw. Wet Drilling will be

done by using compressor and jack hammer. Hydraulic excavator will be used to load

the blocks and waste generated in the quarry.

YEAR WISE PRODUCTION OF COLOUR GRANITE.

Year of Production

Pit No

Total tentative

excavation (m3)

ROM from Mineralized Zone

Colour Granite 20% (m3)

1st year 1 47,243.00 9,488.60 2nd year 1 60,900.00 12,180.00 3rd year 1 56,973.00 11,394.60 4th year 1 60,767.00 12,153.40 5th year 1 60,305.00 12,061.00

TOTAL 2,86,188.00 57,237.60 AVERAGE 57,237.60 11,447.52

Reserves:

Total Geological Reserves : 10143875.00 m3

Reserves blocked in the 7.5m buffer zone : 418089.00 m3

Reserves blocked in benches : 2296105.00 m3

Total mineable reserves after deduction : 7429681.00 m3

Recovery @ 20 % : 1485936.20 m3

Average Production : 11447.52 m3

Life of the mine = 1485936.20 m3 / 11447.52 m3 = 129.8 say 130 years.

1.3 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION

The operations will involve drilling and excavation by excavators and

directly loads into the tippers/ tractors. The same will be transporting to

segregation/ stock yard and grade/quality wise segregation will be carried out by

breaking and hand picking by manually.


7

Mining Machinery

S. No Extent of Mechanization

1 Excavators (Hire) 2

2 Compressor (Hire) 2

3 Jack Hammers 5

4 Tippers (Hire) 2

5 Diamond Wire Saw

Machines (Mortar Driven)

2

6 Water tanker/Tractor 1

1.5 PROPOSED MANPOWER

By this project many people will be benefited for their livelihood and get employment

in this remote area.

Employment Details

S. No Category No. of Persons

1. Mines Manager 1

2. Site Supervisor 2

3. Excavator Operators 3

4. Tipper Operators 2

5. Compressor Operators 2

6. Wire Saw Operators 5

7. Skilled Workers 5

8. Unskilled Workers 10

9. Drivers 2

10. Watchman 1

TOTAL 33

1.6 WATER SUPPLY

Around 14.0 KLD of water will be required for the mining activity. Water

requirement will be met through water tankers. Water is required in the mine for

spraying on the roads and working faces to suppress the dust and also for use in the

garage. Also a small quantity of drinking water is required.


8

1.7 BASELINE DATA

The study area covers an area of 10km radius around the mining site. The study

includes detailed characterization of various Environmental components such as Air,

Water, noise, Land and Socio-Economic within the study area.

OBJECTIVES OF STUDY AREA

To assess the existing base line data of Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-

economic environment.

To evaluate the beneficial and adverse impacts of the mining activity.

To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing control

technologies and measures to be adopted for minimizing the impacts and

improving the Environmental Quality.

To predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

mining activity.

To prepare post mining programme for monitoring and regulating

Environmental parameters.

1.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS:

Air Environment:

To know the existing ambient air quality, Eight sampling stations with in Core and

buffer zone were identified and monitored for pollutants like, Particulate Matter – 10

(PM10), Particulate Matter – 2.5 (PM2.5), SO2, NOx and Free silica. For this sampling

calibrated through samplers of PM2.5 & PM10 dust samplers.

The Ambient air quality measured at mine site and surrounding stations with in the

study zone showed the following maximum and minimum concentrations of the

pollutants-

It may be seen that all the parameters i.e., PM 10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx, Free silica are

well within the range of 24 hr average of National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

1.7.2 Noise Pollution:

The Ambient noise levels monitored within the study area show levels varied from

43.8 to 53.5 Leq dB (A) during day time and 36.6 to 43.8Leq dB (A) during night

time.


9

1.7.3 Water Environment:

Ground water samples are collected from eight locations and surface water from four

locations. All these samples are free from colour and pollutants.

Summary of Ground water:

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5.

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying

between 7.02 and 7.72. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study

area during study period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 is 500 milligrams

per liter (mg/l) where as the permissible limits in absence of alternate source is

2000 mg/l. In groundwater samples collected from the study area, the total

dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 538 mg/l and 674

mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below the permissible limit of 2000

mg/l.

The desirable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS:10500 where as the

permissible limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the

groundwater samples collected in the study area were ranging from 96 – 147

mg/l.

The desirable limit as per IS:10500 for hardness is 300 mg/l where as the

permissible limit for the same is 600mg/l. In the groundwater samples

collected from the study area, the hardness was found to be varying from 168

mg/l to 230 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the desirable limit of 1

mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of

fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of

study area the fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.34 mg/l to

0.58 mg/l.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible

limits.


10

An overview of the results obtained reveals that none of parameters were found above

the permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

Summary of surface water:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.42 -7.73.

TDS was found to be 85.8mg/l to 93.5mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as

per IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 94 mg/l to 109 mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 4.2 mg/l to 6.0mg/l

DO was observed as 5.8 mg/l to 6.3 mg/l

Total coliform in water was 240 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml The likely

source of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential

area

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

1.7.4 Land Environment:

Soil survey was carried out at 5 locations to assess the soil characteristics which

include both physical and chemical details. Based on the above results, the soils in the

region are average fertile enough for cultivation of crops.

Land Use Pattern:

The total mine lease area is about 14.54 Ha. During the ensuing scheme period, an

area of 5.071 Ha of land will be mined out during the plan period. The proponent is

maintaining a buffer zone with existing natural vegetation and the proponent will

develop green belt on either side of the approach road to the mine from to Village,

which is extending to a stretch of 1.0 kms with 1000 plants.

1.7.5 FLORA & FAUNA:

No endangered species are found in the study area. No schedule – I species are found

within 10km radius from the mine lease area.

1.7.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT:

The operation of the mining activity could result in elevation of living standards of the

people in nearby villages as it will generate work for the unemployed and further will

result in the upliftment of their socio-economic status. The Management of Sri


11

Chimaladinne Sridhar colour Granite mine has proposed to give preference to local

people for recruitment of personal for mining operation. Therefore the impact on

socio-economic Environment could be beneficial.

1.8 RECLAMATION & REHABILITATION

Since it is envisaged that the quarry life is about 130 years, no back filling is proposed

during the lease period. At the end of mine life, the remaining pit after backfilling

with the stored mineral waste will be used as water harvesting structure. After

removal of mineral the benches below the surface level benches will be applied top

soil and develop grass and plantation. Pit will be used as water reservoir/ponds.

1.9 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND COST ESTIMATES

The total project cost is 65.0 Lakhs and for EMP, capital budget is 8.5 Lakhs and

recurring budget per annum is 7.3 Lakhs.

1.10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management Plan envisaged for this mining activity is described

hereunder with a strong commitment to follow best environmental practices to reduce

the negative implication to make this project a sustainable development endeavor.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development

in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

Air Environment:

Mitigation measures proposed to maintain the air quality are as follows:

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and

mining face by truck mounted water tankers.

Grading of haul roads, service roads time to time, to remove the accumulated

dusty material will be done.

Development of Green belt all around Plant and along mining area boundary.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

Noise Environment

There will be intermittent noise levels due to vehicular movement and trucks loading.

However the impact of noise on the surrounding area is likely to be minimal and

appropriate mitigation measures will be adopted accordingly.


12

Control Measures

The Management Plan for controlling noise pollution is envisaged as follows.

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the

machines.

Provision of thick plantation in and around the mine is planned in order to reduce

the noise and prevent it from reaching to surrounding habitation area.

Water Environment

There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore

no post waste water monitoring required.

Water Pollution Management

There are no seasonal streams and run-off in the core zone, however garland

channels and bunds would be constructed and maintained to collect rain water for

harvesting.

The mine pit water collected due to rains will be utilized for water spraying on

the haul roads and for watering plantation.

This water will be harvested for utilization in plantation watering, spraying on the

haulage roads and mineral and waste dumps.

1.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY

The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct

and indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hrs.


13

The mines department will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines Act.

In addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal participants from

Management and Workers.

Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) will be issued to each worker. Other safety

equipments shall be used according to the nature of job involved.

1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to

ascertain the following points,

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its

vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of environmental;

and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.

1.13 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

The management firmly believes in the concept of safety and environmentally

sustainable growth. The authorities and staff are very much concern in

Environmental issues.

The management is going to develop scientifically designed green belt around the

premises to mitigate air and noise pollution impacts on the surroundings.

The management proposed to monitor ambient air as per APPCB guidelines.

All the employees will be provided with personnel protective equipment

The management will provide safety training to all employees periodically and

regularly.

1.14 CONCLUSION

The management of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar will committed to meet all stringent

norms and to safe guard environment.

CHAPTER – I

INTRODUCTION

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESMENT REPORT FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 Ha

CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION

1-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar has files an application for grant of colour granite located at

Survey No: 1, Bellukola (V), Nandigama (M), Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh in an

area of 14.54 Ha. The Assistant Director of Mines & Geology, Tekkali submitted

proposals for grant of quarry lease in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar for an extent of

14.54 Hectares in Sy. No.1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District

vide proposal in File No: 1889/Q/2014, dt.15.02.2020.

After careful examination of the proposals of the Assistant Director of Mines & Geology,

Tekkali, The Director of Mines & Geology, Ibrahimpatnam has agreed for grant of

Quarry lease for a period of 20 years in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar over an

extent of 14.54 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District vide Notice No: 1279/D1-2/2020, Dated: 03.11.2020.


TKL/2020, dated: 01.12.2020.

The present proposal is for obtaining EC for proposed fresh mine of Colour Granite

production for 12180 m3/Annum under Category B1 and the mining activity will be

carried out by opencast mechanized mining method by developing benches with drilling,

wire saw cutting and controlled blasting.

Presentation of TOR has been made before the SEAC, Andhra Pradesh committee and

the TOR has been issued by AP SEIAA vide order no: SEIAA/AP/SKLM/MIN/12/

2020/2641-267 Dt: 07.07.2021 attached as Annexure - I.

In order to fulfil the further necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout required

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the mine lease area.

This assessment is performed to identify the likely Environmental Impacts and based on

the findings an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the EIA



1-2

Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for Mining

projects and approved ToR’s. The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) and the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.

This study covers an area surrounding the mine area with a radial distance of 10km from

the mine lease. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the Period of Oct’ 2021 to

Dec’ 2021.

1.2 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT & IDENTIFICATION OF

PROJECT PROPONENT

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar, is the applicant for this mining project

Table: 1.1 Description of Project Proponent

Address of the

lessee

Chimaladinne Sridhar ,

Lessee,

SS Grandeur,

Plot No. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10,

Phase – 5, KPHB Colony, Hyderabad,

Telangana– 500085.

Address of Mine Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

Sy.No.1,

Bellukola Village,

Nandigam Mandal,

Srikakulam District,

Andhra Pradesh – 532201

1.3 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE PROJECT

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee has filed an application for grant of Colour Granite

(Srikakulam Blue) quarry over an extent of 21.77 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola

Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh.



1-3

The Assistant Director of Mines & Geology, Tekkali submitted proposals for grant of

quarry lease in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar for an extent of 14.54 Hectares in Sy.

No.1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District vide proposal in File

No: 1889/Q/2014, dt.15.02.2020.

After careful examination of the proposals of the Assistant Director of Mines & Geology,

Tekkali, The Director of Mines & Geology, Ibrahimpatnam has agreed for grant of

Quarry lease for a period of 20 years in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar over an

extent of 14.54 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District vide Notice No: 1279/D1-2/2020, Dated: 03.11.2020


TKL/2020, dated: 01.12.2020.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

As per the approved scheme of mining (Lr. No: 1318/MP-TKL/2020, dated: 01.12.2020),

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar had a mining lease for Colour Granite over an extent of 14.54

Ha in Sy. No: 1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra

Pradesh.

The mining activity is for production of Colour Granite with a production capacity of

12180 m3/annum by open cast semi mechanized method of mining by forming benches

and the height may vary between 5 to 6 m and the width will be 3 to 4 m. The main

splitting will be effected by a Diamond Wire saw. Wet Drilling will be done by using

compressor and jack hammer. Hydraulic excavator will be used to load the blocks and

waste generated in the quarry.

1.5 JUSTIFICATION AND NEED OF THE PROJECT

Andhra Pradesh is well known since time immemorial for its building and dimensional

stones like Marble, Sandstone, Limestone, Slate etc. Recently granite has also been added

to this list. Granite occupies a prominent place among dimensional stones on account of

its hardness, durability, capability to take mirror polish and fascinating colours. As such



1-4

the use of granite has increased many folds as dimensional and decorative stone all over

the world and this has created a good export market for Indian Granite.

Granite in the form of slabs and tiles has several attractive features, which, inter alia,

includes extra fine mirror polish, scratch free Glossy surface and durability. Granite can

be compared very well with other floor and wall application materials such as ceramics

and marble.

1.6 PROJECT LOCATION

The mining area is located in Sy. No. 1, Bellakola Village of Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District of Andhra Pradesh. The index map is depicted in the Fig.1.1. The

Quarry lease area is located at a distance of about 0.35 kms from Nilapuram Village. The

Nandigama Mandal is located at the distance of 5.92 kms. The Quarry lease area can be

approached from Tekkali –Meliyaputti Road (SH-90) which is at a distance of 3.14Km.

ACCESSIBILITY

Road link

The quarry lease area can be approached through Tekkali – Meliyaputti Road (SH-90)

which is at a distance of 3.14 km.

Rail link

The nearest rail head is Tekkali Railway Station at a distance of 9.16 km from the mine

location.

Air link

The nearest airport is available at Brahmapur Airport which is about 93.93 km away from

mine.



1-5

Fig 1.1 Location of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar



1-6

1.7 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES & APPLICABLE LAWS/REGULATIONS

a) The Scheme of mining was approved by Deputy Director, Directorate of Mines &

Geology, Srikakulam vide letter no: 1318/MP-TKL/2020, dated 01.12.2020

b) Mine safety

c) To obtain Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, AP.

d) NOC from Pollution Control Board for establishment and operation.

e) Labor license.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS IN THE STUDY AREA

Collection of Base line data is an Integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Base line data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity of the existing mine which is to be resumed. The

possible effects due to the operation of mine are estimated and superimposed on the

compiled baseline data subsequently to asses Environmental impacts.

Pre Project Environment assessment was conducted in the study area during October’

2021 to December 2021. Studies were under taken to generate base line data of the

following:-

1. MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

2. AIR QUALITY – EXISTING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

3. WATER ANALYSIS - GROUND WATER, SURFACE WATER

4. NOISE LEVELS

5. GEOLOGY

6. HYDROGEOLOGY

7. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

8. LAND ENVIRONMENT

9. LAND USE / LAND COVER

10. SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

11. SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS SURROUNDING THE MINE AREA



1-7

1.9 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA DOCUMENT

In terms of the EIA notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 as

amended Dec 2009, the generic structure of the EIA document should be as under:

1. Introduction

2. Project Description

3. Description of the Environment

4. Anticipated environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

5. Analysis of alternatives (Technology and site)

6. Environmental Monitoring Programme

7. Additional Studies

8. Project Benefits

9. Environmental Management Plan

10. Summary & Conclusion

11. Disclosure of Consultants engaged

1.10 POST ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE MONITORING:

The project management will submit half yearly compliance report in respect of

stipulated Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December of

each calendar year.

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 Ha

CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 1

2.0 GENERAL

The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared in terms of EIA notification of

MoEF&CC dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 1st Dec 209, 4th April 2011 and the EIA

Guideline Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of ASCI, Hyderabad, approved

ToR’s for seeking Environmental Clearance for Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar over an extent

of 14.54 Ha., falling under category “B”.

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee has filed an application for grant of Colour Granite

(Srikakulam Blue) quarry over an extent of 21.77 Hectares in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola


As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification S.O 1533 (E) dt:

14.09.2006 and amended Notification S.O 3977 (E) Dt: 14.08.2018, the project is

categorized as Category –B2. But as per the latest National Green Tribunal (NGT) New

Delhi issued orders in O.A 186 of 2016 Dt: 13.09.2018 & in E.A no 55/2018 of O.A No.

520/2015 Dt: 11.12.2018, O.M F. no: L-11011/175/2018-I-I (M) Dt: 12.12.2018, the

projects with individual area or cluster area of mine leases from 5 to 25Ha falls under

Category B2 at par with category B1 attracts Public hearing & necessitates obtaining the

Environmental clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA) as the mine extent is 14.54Ha which is more than 5.0 Ha.

The project is for mining of Colour granite in the lease area of 14.54 Ha of Government

land. The method of mining is through conventional method of open cast mining for the

production of 12180 m3/Annum for Colour Granite.

2.2 LOCATION DETAILS

The mining area is located in Bellukola Village of Nandigama Mandal at Srikakulam

District, Andhra Pradesh. The area is located at a distance of 57.26 Km from the district

headquarters. The mine lease area falls under the Toposheet No. 74 B/6

The nearest Railway Station is Tekkali Railway Station at a distance of 9.16 km. The

nearest airport is Brahmapur Airport at 93.93 km from the mining site. The district

Headquarters Srikakulam is at a distance of 57.26 km.


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 2

2.2.1 Details about Project Site

Table: 2.1 Details about the Project Site

Nature of the project Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

Mining of Colour Granite (Srikakulam Blue)

Size of the Project Maximum Production:

Colour Granite – 12180 m3/Annum

LOCATION OF PROJECT

District & State Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh

Village & Mandal Bellukola Village & Nandigama Mandal

Land Availability 14.54 Ha.

Nearest Village Nilapuram Village at a distance of 0.35 km.

Ownership Government land

Toposheet No. 74 B/6

GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

Annual rainfall 1027 mm

Min and max temp. 17.5 C to 34 C

Predominant wind direction SE to SW and E to W

GENERAL LOCATION DETAILS

Nearest human settlement Nilapuram Village at a distance of 0.35 km.

Nearest town Nandigam at a distance of 5.92 km

Nearest railway station/Airport Tekkali Railway Station at 9.16 km

Archaeological /Historically Important Site

No historical monuments exist in and around the

mine lease area.

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals, schools and community facilities are

available at Nandigam Mandal and nearby

villages.

Sanctuaries / National parks None within 10 km radius of the site

Reserve Forests/Protected Forests Pedda Kedari R.F-2.69Km-W

Jadupalli R.F-5.45km-NW

Banapuram R.F – 6.94Km NE

Water bodies One first order stream passing through the buffer


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 3

zone of the lease area in West.

Seasonal Pond – 1.54 km SW



Seasonal Pond – 2.12 km E

Gotta Barrage Left Main Canal – 2.78 km SE

Sitagal Cheruvu – 5.06 km SE

Mahendra Tananaya River – 4.36 km NW

Balancing Reservoir – 7.69 km SW

Boundary Coordinates:

Boundary Points

Latitude Longitude

P1 18°41'14.77540"N 84°14'54.30187"E

P2 18°41'21.76690"N 84°15'05.20350"E

P3 18°41'17.87580"N 84°15'11.42180"E

P4 18°41'15.10010"N 84°15'12.83110"E

P5 18°41'10.75930"N 84°15'16.46660"E

P6 18°41'08.33370"N 84°15'04.19150"E


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 4

Fig 2.1: Google map (10 km radius)


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 5

Fig. 2.2 Topomap of project site with 10 km radius


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 6

2.3 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION:

2.3.1 Regional Geology:

The regional geology is a part of Eastern Ghat Group of rocks consisting of Charnockite,

Khondalite and Granitoids, a variety of hybrid rock formed by the interaction of Intrusive

Granite into the Khondalite. The Eastern Ghat group attains a maximum thickness in the

Ganjam – Cuttack tract. It occurs as ridges trending NE-SW. The Eastern Ghat belt

exhibits high grade metamorphism as evidenced by the presence of Garnet and

Silliminite. The Charnockite shows intrusive relation towards Khondalite and ha itself

under gone post magmata changes. Felspathic bands are common and are due to

Granitisation.

2.3.3 Local Geology:

The quarry lease area is occupied of boulders and sheet of Colour Granite which are

exposed to the surface. The main rock exposed in the area consists of Charnockite Gneiss

and Khondalite. Two set of joints are observed, one is parallel and the other

perpendicular to strike direction. They are widely spaced and are useful in splitting big

blocks from the mother rock. The rock on physical examination is medium colour and

grained, massive and compact. The accessory minerals present are biotite and garnet. The

rock at places is intruded by Quartz vein and Feldspar band. The weathering extends to a

depth varying from few inches to a foot in some areas. Megascopic and polished sample

indicates that the rock takes good polish and exhibits fine texture. The overall appearance

of the rock is bluish in colour. The rock is commercially known as Imperial Green and

Brown. The other mineral assemblages are Silliminite, Garnet and Quartz.


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 7

Fig 2.3: Geological Plan the Project Site


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 8

2.4 METHOD OF MINING:

Open cast Mining:


forming benches, the height may vary between 5 to 6 m, and the width will be 3 to 4 m.

The main splitting will be effected by a Diamond Wire saw. Wet Drilling will be done by

using compressor and jack hammer. Hydraulic excavator will be used to load the blocks

and waste generated in the quarry.

2.4.1 Details of production

Year wise Production Proposal for the Scheme period: The applicant proposes to take

up quarrying operations between sections A-A1 to B-B1 in the grids N 2068250 –

2068550 & E 209930 – 210430. The mining operations will be initiated from south of the

quarry lease applied area and the mining advances Northwards. The year wise

production planning for the ensuing scheme period is given below:

1st year: During the 1st year, the mining will be initiated from South of the quarry lease

applied area between the grids N 2068250 – 2068550 & E 209930 – 210430 and between

the Contour 130 – 70 to RL 115 – 92 M covering sections A-A1 to B-B1. The mining

advance Northwards.

An surface area of 37180.00 M2 will be excavated producing 47243.00 M3 of Rock Mass,

20% (9448.60 M3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 80% (37794.40 M3) of waste rock

will be generated.

2nd year: During the 2nd year, the mining will continue below 1st year workings between

the grids N 2068250 – 2068550 & E 209930 – 210430 and between RL 115 – 92 to RL

111 – 88 M covering sections A-A1 to B-B1. The mining advance Northwards.


20% (12180.00 M3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 80% (48720.00 M3) of waste

rock will be generated.


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 9

3rd year: During the 3rd year, the mining will continue below 2nd t year workings

between the grids N 2068250 – 2068550 & E 209930 – 210430 and between RL 111 –

88 to RL 108 – 85 M covering sections A-A1 to B-B1. The mining advance Northwards.




4th year: During the 4th year, the mining will continue below 3rd year workings between

the grids N 2068250 – 2068550 & E 209930 – 210430 and between RL 108 – 85 M to

RL 105 - 82covering sections A-A1 to B-B1. The mining advance Northwards.




5th year: During the 5th year, the mining will continue below 4th year workings between

the grids N 2068250 – 2068550 & E 209930 – 210430 and between RL 105 – 82 to RL

102 – 79 M covering sections A-A1 to B-B1. The mining advance Northwards.





CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 10

Fig 2.4: Five Year Production Plan and Sections

Table 2.2 Year wise production

Year of

Production Pit No

Total tentative

excavation

(m3)

ROM from Mineralized Zone

Colour Granite

20% (m3)

Granite waste

80% (m3)

1st year 1 47,243.00 9,488.60 37,794.40

2nd year 1 60,900.00 12,180.00 48,720.00

3rd year 1 56,973.00 11,394.60 45,578.40

4th year 1 60,767.00 12,153.40 48,613.60

5th year 1 60,305.00 12,061.00 48,244.00

TOTAL 2,86,188.00 57,237.60 2,28,950.40

AVERAGE 57,237.60 11,447.52 45,790.08


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 11

2.5 RESERVES:

The reserves were re-estimated depending on the geological study of the area during

preparation of scheme of mining and are presented below:

TOTAL GEOLOGICAL RESERVES

Sections Category &

UNFC Code

Sectional

Area (M2)

Sectional Influence (M) Volume

(M3)

Recovery of

@20% (M3)

A-A1

(Proved)

(111)

6551.00 77.00 504427.00 100885.40

B-B1 21881.00 91.00 1991171.00 398234.20

C-C1 27210.00 91.00 2476110.00 495222.00

D-D1 28912.00 91.00 2631811.00 526362.20

E-E1 25922.00 98.00 2540356.00 508071.20

TOTAL PROVED RSERVES 10143875.00 2028775.00

RESERVES BLOCKED UNDER 7.5 M BUFFER ZONE

Sections Category & UNFC Code Sectional Area (M2) Sectional Influence (M) Volume (M3)

A-A1

(Proved) (221)

1348.00 77.00 103796.00

B-B1 723.00 91.00 65793.00

C-C1 805.00 91.00 73255.00

D-D1 907.00 91.00 82537.00

E-E1 946.00 98.00 92708.00

TOTAL BLOCKED 418089.00

RESERVES BLOCKED UNDER SAFETY SLOPES

Sections Category & UNFC Code Sectional Area (M2) Sectional Influence (M) Volume (M3)

A-A1

(Proved) (221)

939.00 77.00 72303.00

B-B1 1030.00 91.00 93730.00

C-C1 1413.00 91.00 128583.00

D-D1 1703.00 91.00 154973.00

E-E1 18842.00 98.00 1846516.00

TOTAL BLOCKED 2296105.00


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 12

Reserves available for mining

Total Geological Reserves : 10143875.00 m3

Reserves blocked in the 7.5m buffer zone : 418089.00 m3

Reserves blocked in benches : 2296105.00 m3

Total mineable reserves after deduction : 7429681.00 m3

Recovery @ 20 % : 1485936.20 m3

Average Production : 11447.52 m3

Life of Mine

Considering the mineable reserves as 1485936.20 m3 and an average production level of

11447.52 m3 per annum, the life of the mine is 1485936.20 m3 / 11447.52 m3 = 129.8 say

130 years.

2.6 WASTE DUMP MANAGEMENT

228,950.40 m3 will be generated during the ensuing five years period with an average of

45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the mining will be dumped in the NW of

the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha with an average height of 10 m

with 45 slope angle will be formed. A retaining wall will be constructed around the

dump for preventing the slanting of boulders. Construction of garland drains, check dams

will be done during the scheme period of mining. The generated waste will be used

for internal laying of roads and for reclamation during mine closure.

Table 2.3 Waste generation

S. No. Year Granite Waste in m3

1. 1st 37,794.40

2. 2nd 48,720.00

3. 3rd 45,578.40

4. 4th 48,613.60

5. 5th 48,244.00

Total 228950.4

Average 45790


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 13

2.7 CONCEPTUAL PLAN

Mining operations area simple methods with wire saw cutting will be deployed based on

the favorable conditions. The mining operations will be carried out by drilling, wire saw

cutting, excavation will be done by the machinery. Roads/ Ramps are temporary and are

altered from time to time.

It is proposed to produce 1485936.20 m3 of market grade rough blocks during the scheme

period with an average annual production of 11447.52 m3. It forming multiple benches

6m height in 2 phases of 3 m each will be developed during the plan period.

The life of the mine as per the approved mining plan is 130 years. It will be periodically

reviewed based on the quantum of production and development and generation of new

data on the deposit during the course of mining.

At the end of mine life the excavated pits will be backfilled with the stored waste and

stabilized with vegetation. The remaining pits after backfilling can be used for water

harvesting. The top benches or plain lands will be developed with green belt of native

species.

2.7.1. Land use

The land use of the mining area is given below:

Table-2.4: Land Use details

S. No Area used for in Ha.

1. Area under Mining 5.071

2. 7.5 m wide Safety Zone 1.15

3. Roads 0.078

4. Greenbelt (within B.Z) (1.0)

5. Infrastructure (within B.Z) (0.02)

6. Dump Area 2.25

7. Mineral Storage 0.12

8. Future Use 5.871

Total 14.54


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 14

2.7.2. Mining Methodology

The removal of weathered and under sized boulders will be cleared in the quarry leased

area using excavator. The sheet that is exposed will be subjected to drilling and splitting

from mother rock. Thus mass will be separated from mother rock by drilling the slotter

holes on both sides of the mass and a top hole intersecting these two holes and wire saw

rope is passed through and cutting is done horizontally and vertically and by this there

will be mass opening on all the sides from the mother mass. After removal of weathered

and under sized boulders.

The large boulders will be subjected to splitting into require sizes of blocks by using Jack

Hammers by drilling series of deep holes at right angles at regular intervals, later by

inserting feather and wedges in these holes and hammering with sledge hammer will

release the blocks.

The boulders will be splitted to the required sizes with drilling only. The boulders

separated will be brought to the dressing yard for dressing. If the boulders, which fit into

the required market grade size will be transformed into cuboids.

2.7.3. Mining Machinery

Table 2.5 Details of machinery

S. No. Machinery No. of Units Cost (Lakhs)

1. Excavators (Hire) 2 24.0

2. Compressor (Hire) 2 8.0

3. Jack Hammers 5 2.0

4. Tippers (Hire) 2 20.0

5. Diamond Wire Saw Machines

(Mortar Driven)

2 6.0

6. Water tanker/Tractor 1 2.0

7. Miscellaneous -- 3.0

TOTAL 65.0


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 15

2.7.4. Site Services

Office, Rest Room, First Aid Room, Shelters, drinking water are provided in the North of

the quarry leased area covering an area of 200 m2.

Water Requirement

Around 14.0 KLD of water will be required for the project activity. Water requirement

will be met through water tankers. Water is required in the mine for spraying on the roads

and working faces to suppress the dust and mine operations. Also a small quantity of

drinking water is required.

Table 2.6 Fresh Water Requirement & Wastewater generation

S. No Description Fresh water Waste water Disposal

1. Domestic 1.5 KLD 1.2 KLD Septic tank followed by

soak pit

2. Green belt 4.0 KLD -- --

3. Dust suppression 3.5 KLD -- --

4. Wire saw cutting 3.0 KLD --

5. Drilling by wet

jacket method 2.0 KLD -- --

TOTAL 14.0 KLD 1.2 KLD

2.8 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

By this project many people will be benefited for their livelihood and get employment in

this remote area. The lessee is proposing to employ full time mine manager and geologist

as per Rule 42 of MCDR 1988.The following persons are employed to carryout/

supervise the day to day mining operations.


CHAPTER-II PROJECT

DESCRIPTION

2 - 16

Table 2.7 Employment Details

S. No Category No. of Persons

1. Mines Manager 1

2. Site Supervisor 2

3. Excavator Operators 3

4. Tipper Operators 2

5. Compressor Operators 2

6. Wire Saw Operators 5

7. Skilled Workers 5

8. Unskilled Workers 10

9. Drivers 2

10. Watchman 1

TOTAL 33

2.9 PROJECT COST

The envisaged annual production of Colour Granite in a year is estimated to be 12180 m3.

The cost of the project : 65.00 Lakhs

EMP BUDGET


Recurring cost per annum : 7.3 Lakhs

CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 Ha

CHAPTER –III DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3 - 1

3.0 INTRODUCTION

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Baseline data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity. The possible effects due to the violated mine are

estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently to assess

Environmental Impacts.

3.1 STUDY AREA

Study area covers 10 km radius from mine boundaries located at Sy. No 1, of Bellukola


3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of various

environmental components in the study area.

As part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, the secondary baseline

monitoring was carried out in and around the proposed mine area during the period of

October,2021 to December,2021. Studies were under taken to generate base line data

of the following:-

3.3 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

The various steps involved in Environmental Impact Assessment Study of the mine site

are divided into following phases:

Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing

status within the impact zone with respect to air, water, noise, soil and socio-

economic components of environment. Following studies were carried out:

MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA

AIR QUALITY – EXISTING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

WATER ANALYSIS - GROUND WATER, SURFACE WATER

NOISE LEVELS

GEOLOGY

HYDROGEOLOGY

FLORA AND FAUNA




3 - 2

LAND ENVIRONMENT

LAND USE / LAND COVER

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS and

SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS SURROUNDING THE MINE AREA.

Study of various mining activities of the mine to identify the area leading to

impact/change in environmental quality.

Quantification/prediction of impact for the identified activities and to study the

level of impact on various environmental components.

Evaluation of impacts after superimposing the predicted/quantified scenario over

the baseline scenario.

Formulation of Environmental Management Plan for implementation in the mine

lease area.

3.4 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA

3.4.1 MICRO METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Micrometeorological studies are simultaneously conducted with the ambient air quality

monitoring. Meteorology plays an important role in the dispersion of pollutants. The

meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the base line information and for

model study of air quality impacts also.

A temporary meteorological station was installed at mine site. The station was installed

at a height of 4 m above the ground level in such a way that there are no obstructions

facilitating flow of wind, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and temperature are

recorded on hourly basis.

CLIMATE

The tropical climate of the region is manifested as hot and humid summer, moderately

monsoon and mild winter seasons. The climate of the region is characterized as hot &

dry.

Regional Meteorology:

Climate:




3 - 3

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the monsoon.

The climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized by the

annually recurring seasonal monsoons, which divide the year in to four seasons as

Indian Meteorological Department.

The winter season of the year from December to February predominantly north

winds and recorded coolest season of the year.

The summer season (Pre monsoon period) from March to May predominantly

W and SW winds and is hottest part of the year.

The South-West monsoon tropical rainy season from June to September is

characterized by predominantly South-west winds.

The Post monsoon period (North-East monsoon) from November to January

when predominant winds are North-East and wind changes the direction from

North-East to North-West or west when, cyclones are active in Bay-of-Bengal.

Table 3.1 IMD Climatological Data (History) of Kalingapatnam from 1960-2000

Month Temperature ºC

Mean Relative Humidity % Rainfall

mm Maximum Minimum Day Night

January 28.4 16.4 78 74 8.6

February 31.2 17.3 77 76 18.2

March 32.7 23 75 79 10.5

April 32.2 24.4 74 83 19.2

May 33.4 26.7 75 83 48.9

June 32.8 25.7 77 83 122.4

July 31.5 25.6 82 83 157.3

August 32.1 25.5 86 82 156.7

September 31.8 24.5 86 81 157.5

October 32.4 23.8 84 76 207.6

November 30.8 22 81 69 89.4

December 27.3 18.3 79 67 4.7

Temperature:




3 - 4

The maximum temperature recorded is 38.1ºC in May and the minimum is 14.3ºC in

December and January.

Relative Humidity:

The relative humidity is comparatively high and fairly uniform throughout the year.

The average relative humidity was maximum 85% in July and minimum 68% recorded

in December.

Rainfall:

The region of Srikakulam district receives an annual rainfall of 1027.4 mm. The region

also receives rain from the occasional low-pressure systems developing during the post

monsoon and pre-monsoon season.

3.4.2 WINDS

A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature,

humidity & wind velocity for the month of October’ 2021 to December’ 2021. Average

data is given below:

Table: 3.2 Micro Meteorological Data at Site

Sl. No.

Parameters Oct’21 Nov’21 Dec’21

1 Temperature (0C) Maximum 31.57 30.12 29.5

Minimum 21.49 19.15 13.24

Average 27.08 25.41 22.74

2 Relative Humidity (%) Maximum 94.78 97.11 100.82

Minimum 59.1 59.41 39.24

Average 84.36 87.30 80.01

3 Wind Speed (m/s) Maximum 5.14 8.19 6.81

Minimum 0.2 0.94 0.23

Average 2.19 3.59 2.97

4 Wind Direction (%) E 12.36 22.50 14.38

ENE 7.39 32.22 25.53

ESE 7.25 11.80 6.98




3 - 5

N 4.30 0.00 7.12

NE 4.83 23.47 15.45

NNE 4.83 3.33 8.87

NNW 12.50 0.00 6.18

NW 2.41 0.00 1.20

S 0.94 0.13 0.67

SE 4.43 2. 08 1.20

SSE 3.89 0.27 2.55

SSW 1.07 0.00 0.00

SW 2.28 0.00 0.00

W 3.09 0.00 0.00

WNW 1.74 0.00 0.26

WSW 3.49 0.00 0.00

CALM 22.98 4.02 9.40




3 - 6

Fig. 3.1 Wind Rose Diagram for the month of October-December 2021




3 - 7

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations: To assess the baseline ambient air quality a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network was established. Air

quality monitoring study was carried out during post-monsoon season (i.e. October’21

to December’21) within 10km radius of the mine lease area. The ambient air quality

monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the following

considerations.

Meteorological conditions

Topography of the study area

Predominant wind direction

Emission sources

Receptors sensitivity

Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations were set up at eight locations with due

consideration to the above mentioned points. The locations of the sampling stations are

given in the Table 3.4 and the same are also show in the Fig 3.2.

3.5.2 Methodology of Sampling and Analysis

Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters

PM10

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen ( NOx)

Free silica

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the

procedures detailed in relevant parts of IS: 5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air

Quality Test Methods). The methods used for determining the above mentioned

parameters and furnished in the Table: 3.3

3.5.3 Frequency of Sampling: 24 hourly samples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and Free silica

were collected from each station, at a frequency of twice a week for the post-monsoon

season.

Table: 3.3 Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring




3 - 8

S. No. Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable

Limit (g/m3)

1 PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric method)

IS-5182 (Part-XXIII) 5.0

2 PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler (Gravimetric method)

IS-5182 (Part-XXIV) 5.0

3 Sulphur dioxide

Modified West and Gaeke

IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0

4 Oxides of Nitrogen

Jacob & Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0

5 Free Silica Personal Respirable Dust Sampler

OSHA (0142) (Occupational Safety and

Health Administration) 3.5

Table 3.4: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S. No

Location Station Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t

Project Site

Latitude and Longitude

Environmental Setting

1. Project site A1 --- --- 18°39'2.44"N 84°14'44.04"E

Mine Area

2. Jayapuram A2 SW 1.29 18°40'36.55"N 84°14'35.34"E

Residential Area

3. Kolivalasa A3 SW 2.8 18°40'29.76"N 84°13'31.33"E

Residential Area

4. Jammipeta A4 ENE 0.8 18°41'27.84"N 84°15'37.03"E

Residential Area

5. Dimmidijola A5 NNE 3.75 18°43'11.79"N 84°16'0.68"E

Residential Area

6. Bhiriboddapadu A6 ESE 0.99 18°40'59.59"N 84°15'48.04"E

Residential Area

7. Pedhaguruvuru A7 NE 7.9 18°44'25.09"N 84°18'14.21"E

Residential Area

8 Savarasomanadhapuram A8 NNW 1.01 18°41'47.04"N 84°14'43.12"E

Residential Area




3 - 9

Fig: 3.2 Location Ambient Air Quality Stations




3 - 10

Table 3.5: Summary of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

Monitoring Station

No.

of s

amp

les

Max

imu

m

Min

imu

m

Mea

n

98th

per

cen

tile

Max

imu

m

Min

imu

m

Mea

n

98th

per

cen

tile

Max

imu

m

Min

imu

m

Mea

n

98th

per

cen

tile

Max

imu

m

Min

imu

m

Mea

n

98th

per

cen

tile

A1 26 51.2 23.4 38.3 49.5 29.2 15.2 21.0 28.8 8.5 5.8 7.5 8.5 10.5 7.6 8.9 10.1

A2 26 58.5 36.8 48.0 58.5 34.5 20.6 26.7 34.0 10.6 8.6 9.5 10.5 12.6 9.9 11.3 12.6

A3 26 60.8 38.6 48.6 59.8 35.6 20.4 27.7 35.5 10.3 8.3 9.36 10.2 12.5 9.6 11.1 12.2

A4 26 56.8 30.2 42.4 55.3 30.3 16.4 22.2 29.9 9.2 7.0 8.08 9.15 11.3 7.9 9.47 11.0

A5 26 55.6 33.4 44.0 54.0 30.2 16.5 23.2 29.4 12.4 8.8 9.88 12.1 13.8 9.6 11.3 13.5

A6 26 52.2 28.4 40.4 51.1 29.6 14.8 21.2 28.6 8.9 7.0 8.0 8.9 10.8 8.0 9.3 10.7

A7 26 58.5 34.5 45.8 57.6 33.5 18.2 24.9 32.9 10.3 8.0 8.85 10.0 12.1 9.3 10.6 11.9

A8 26 51.2 23.4 38.2 49.5 29.2 15.2 21.0 28.7 8.5 5.8 7.5 8.5 10.5 7.6 8.86 10.1

NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)




3 - 11

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

49.5 58.5 59.8 55.3 54 51.1 57.6 49.5

100

0

50

100

150

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 NAAQS

PM

10

Co

nce

ntr

atio

ns

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM10 (µg/m3)

28.834 35.5

29.9 29.4 28.6 32.9 28.7

60

010203040506070

PM

2.5

Co

nce

ntr

atio

ns

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM2.5 (µg/m3)

8.5 10.5 10.25 9.15 12.1 8.9 10 8.5

80

0

20

40

60

80

100

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 NAAQS

SO2

Co

nce

ntr

atio

ns

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of SO2 (µg/m3)

10.1 12.6 12.2 11 13.5 10.7 11.9 10.1

80

0

20

40

60

80

100

NO

x C

on

cen

trat

ion

sSampling Locations

98 Percentile of NOx (µg/m3)




3 - 12

3.5.4 Existing Ambient Air Quality

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it

is evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified

limits of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 60.8 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A3 while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to be 23.4 µg/m3

at A1 and A8. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the specified limit of

100µg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 35.6 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A3 while the lowest PM2.5 concentration was found to be 14.8 µg/m3

at A6. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified limit of 60µg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 12.4 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A5 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 5.8 µg/m3 at

A1 and A8. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80

µg/m3.

NOx: The highest NOx concentration 13.8 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A5 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 7.6 µg/m3

at A1 and A8. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of

80µg/m3.

Free Silica:

Free Silica found to be <3.5 µg/m3which is Minimum Detectable Limit in all AAQ

locations as per the method of OSHA ID 0142.Permissible Exposure Limit as OSHA

(Occupational Safety and Health Administration) is 50 µg/m3.

Interpretation:

Ambient air quality monitoring locations were selected maximum locations on

downwind of project site as predominant wind direction of North East to South West

recorded in the site specific meteorological data.




3 - 13

It was observed that, there was no impact of project on buffer zone villages as the

concentration of ambient air quality parameters were higher in villages of study area

compared to mine site by local activities in respective villages in the study area.

An over view of the above results indicate the ambient air quality in the study area were

well within the prescribed limits of CPCB.

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the

development of the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied to

establish the current status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime

importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and

heavy metal groups. Water samples from ground and surface water sources were

collected. The water samples were collected in pretreated sampling cans and

transported to laboratory for analysis. Due care was taken during sampling &

transportation of these samples.

3.6.1 Surface Water and Ground Water Quality Assessment

In order to assess water quality impacts surface water and ground water samples are

collected from the surrounding villages. The samples analyzed for various physical and

chemical parameters to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.

1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-2012

2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296-1992

3.6.2 Selection of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected on basis of:

a) Drainage pattern

b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities

c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area.




3 - 14

The samples were analyzed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination

of Water and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA.

3.6.3 Sampling Techniques

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected

for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis

were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological

parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study

area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at the

time of sample collection.

The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as per

the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table: 3.6.

Table: 3.6 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) For Water Sampling

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

pH Grab sampling

Plastic /glass container

50 ml On site analysis

Electrical

Conductivity

Grab sampling


50 ml On site parameter

Total suspended solids Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

Total Dissolved

Solids

Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

BOD Grab sampling


500 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs

Hardness Grab sampling


100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,

refrigeration; 6 months

Chlorides Grab sampling


50 ml Not required; 28 days

Sulphates Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs




3 - 15

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days

Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

Ammonia Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH>2,

refrigeration, 28 days

Heavy Metals (As,

Cd, Mn, Cu, Fe, Zn,

Pb etc.)

Plastic/ Glass rinse with

1+1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to pH>2;

Grab sample; 6 months

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published

By APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017

3.6.4 Analytical Techniques

The analytical techniques used for water analysis is given in the Table: 3.7.

Table: 3.7 Analytical Techniques for Water Analysis

Parameter Method

pH APHA-4500-H+

Colour APHA-2120 C

Odour APHA- 2150

Temperature APHA-2550 B

Dissolved Oxygen APHA-4500 DC

Electrical conductivity APHA-2510 B

Turbidity APHA-2130 B

Chlorides APHA-4500 Cl-

Fluorides APHA-4500 F-

Total dissolved solids APHA-2540 C

Total suspended solids APHA-2540 D

Total hardness APHA-2340 C

Sulphates APHA-4500 SO4-2

Arsenic APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500 As

Calcium APHA-3120 Ca B

Magnesium APHA-3120 Mg B

Sodium APHA-3120 Na B




3 - 16

Parameter Method

Potassium APHA-3120 KB

Manganese APHA-3120 B

Mercury APHA-3120 B

Lead APHA-3120 B

Copper APHA-3120 B

Cadmium APHA-3120 B

Iron APHA-3120 B

Zinc APHA-3120 B

Boron APHA-3120 B

Coliform organisms APHA-9215 D

Alkalinity APHA-2320 B

COD APHA-5220 D

Phenolic Compounds APHA-5530 C

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published

By APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd Edition 2017

3.6.5 Water Sampling Stations

The locations of the water samples collected in the study area are furnished hereunder

Table: 3.8 Water Sampling Stations

Code Station Direction

bearing w.r.t

Project Site

Distance

from Project

Site (km)

Latitude &

Longitude Source of

collection

GW1 Jayapuram SSW 1.31 18°40'36.88"N 84°14'33.58"E

Ground water

GW2 Kollivalasa SW 2.77 18°40'28.52"N 84°13'33.32"E

Ground water

GW3 Sarvarasomanadhapuram NNW 1.0 18°41'45.55"N 84°14'43.85"E

Ground water

GW4 Bharthupuram NNE 0.93 18°41'49.32"N 84°15'18.72"E

Ground water

GW5 Dimmidijola NNE 3.82 18°43'13.59"N 84°16'2.22"E

Ground water

GW6 Bhiriboddapadu ESE 0.93 18°40'59.47"N 84°15'45.73"E

Ground water

GW7 Bellukola SSE 0.37 18°41'0.89"N 84°15'14.08"E

Ground water




3 - 17

GW8 Peddalaxmipuram ENE 2.06 18°41'52.22"N 84°16'11.31"E

Ground water

SW1 Gotta Barrage left main Canal

ESE 2.77 18°40'22.74"N 84°16'36.55"E

Surface water

SW2 Bharthupuram Cheruvu

NNE 0.47 18°41'35.63"N 84°15'11.83"E

Surface water

SW3 Bellakola Cheruvu S 0.57 18°40'50.52"N 84°15'9.55"E

Surface water

SW4 Chinnalaxmipuram Cheruvu

S 1.45 18°40'21.41"N 84°15'9.82"E

Surface water




3 - 18

Fig 3.3: Water Sampling Locations




3 - 19

3.6.6 Ground Water Quality of the Study Area

The summarized analysis results of the ground water quality in the study area are given in the below table

Table: 3.9 Ground water quality results

S. No PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

IS:10500-2012 Drimnking water

Specifications

Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 5 15

2. Temperature of Water 0C 25.6 25.8 26.3 24.3 25.7 24.9 26 24.8 - -

3. pH - 7.42 7.2 7.14 7.72 7.45 7.26 7.5 7.02 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4. Turbidity NTU 13.6 14 13.3 13.5 10.3 11.9 11.5 12.6 1 5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 645 660 632 674 552 597 538 566 500 2000

6. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3)

mg/l 542 546 535 550 489 513 485 500 200 600

7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

mg/l 212 219 207 230 178 200 168 183 200 600

8. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 137 143 132 147 101 118 96 107 250 1000

9. Calcium as Ca mg/l 29.1 30.4 28.3 31.5 25.6 27.6 23.9 26.2 75 200

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 33.9 34.8 33.1 36.8 27.6 31.8 26.4 28.5 30 100

11. Fluoride as F- mg/l 0.46 0.5 0.44 0.58 0.37 0.41 0.34 0.37 1.0 1.5

12. Nitrates as NO3- mg/l 2.2 2.4 2.1 2.7 1.5 2 1.4 1.9 45 45

13. Sulphates as SO42- mg/l 39.4 40 38.8 40.9 35.1 37.9 32.8 36 200 400

14. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05




3 - 20

15. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003

16. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 1.5

17. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01

18. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.14 0.3 0.3

19. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.1 0.3

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.15 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.1 0.13 0.09 0.11 5.0 15.0

21. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - -

22. Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

23. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - -

24. E. Coli CFU/100 ml ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Shall not be

detected Shall not be

detected

25. Total Coliforms CFU/100 ml 51 47 40 63 43 37 41 39 Shall not be

detected Shall not be

detected

ND - Not Detected




3 - 21

3.6.7 Summary of Groundwater quality:

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS 10500:2012 Drinking

Water Specifications is 6.5 to 8.5. During the study period, the pH of the

groundwater was found to be varying between 7.02 and 7.72. The pH values for

all the samples collected in the study area during study period were found to be

within the limits.

The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS 10500:2012 Drinking

Water Specifications is 500 milligrams per liter (mg/l) where as the permissible

limits in absence of alternate source is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater samples

collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be

varying between 538 mg/l and 674 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below

the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The desirable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012 Drinking

Water Specifications where as the permissible limit for the same is 1,000 mg/l.

The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were

ranging from 96 mg/l to 147 mg/l.

The desirable limit as per IS 10500:2012 Drinking Water Specifications for

hardness is 200 mg/l where as the permissible limit for the same is 600mg/l. In

the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the hardness was found

to be varying between 168 mg/l to 230 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the desirable limit of 1 mg/l

and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of study area the

fluoride values were found to be within a range 0.34 to 0.58 mg /l.All, the heavy

metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that all the parameters were well within the

permissible limits of IS 10500:2012 Drinking Water Specifications.

3.6.8. Surface Water Quality of the Study Area




3 - 22

The water in the region (surface water) has been compared with respect to the Drinking

water Quality Standards as IS-2296:1992. The summarized analysis of results of the

surface water quality in the study area are given in the below table.

Table No. 3.10 Surface Water Quality of the Study Area

S. No. PARAMETER UNIT SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 IS:2296 -

Standards

1. Color Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 -

2. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

3. Turbidity NTU 0.78 0.65 0.72 0.59 -

4. pH - 7.49 7.68 7.42 7.73 6.50 –8.50

5. Temperature 0C 25.8 25.4 26.0 26.2 -

6. Electrical Conductivity mmhos/cm 232 212 216 230 -

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 145 136 138 142 1500

8. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 20 18 15 13 -

9. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 85.2 90.6 82.8 96.4 -

10. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 104 95 109 94 -

11. Calcium as Ca mg/l 20.8 18.5 21.2 17.8 -

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 12.6 11.8 13.5 12.0 -

13. Chloride as Cl mg/l 28.8 25.2 23.6 24.5 -

14. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 10.8 9.6 11.3 12.2 -

15. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 5.8 4.2 6.0 5.3 -

16. Iron as Fe mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 -

17. Hexavalent Chromium as Cr6+

mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05

18. Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

19. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.05

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15

21. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

22. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1.5

23. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.1

24. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 5.0

25. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -




3 - 23

26. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

27. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.1 6.3 5.8 6.0 5.0 min

29. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l 5.6 5.4 6.2 5.8 -

30. Biochemical Oxygen Demand

mg/l 2.1 2.0 2.3 2.1 3.0

31. Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 -

32. Free Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 -

33. Oil & Grease mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -

34. E. Coli MPN/100

ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

35. Total Coliforms MPN/100

ml 300 240 900 500 5000

3.6.9. Surface water quality results are summarized below:

pH of the surface water collected was found to be neutral with pH ranging from

7.42 to 7.73.

TDS was found to be 136 mg/l to 145 mg/l. The tolerance limit of TDS is 1,500

mg/l as per IS 2296.

Total hardness was found to be 94 mg/l to 109 mg/l.

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 4.2 mg/l to 6.0 mg/l.

DO was observed to be ranging from 5.8 mg/l to 6.3 mg/l.

Total coliform in water was 240 MPN/100ml to 900 MPN/100ml.

All the heavy metals were found to be well within the detectable limits.

3.7 SOIL QUALITY

3.7.1 Selection of sampling Locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing overall soil conditions around the mine lease area. The study of the soil profile

establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the

incremental concentrations if any, due to the resumed mine operations. The sampling

locations have been identified with following objectives.

a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area

b) To determine the impact of the project activities on soil characteristics




3 - 24

3.7.2 Sampling and Analytical Techniques

Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing

various land use conditions and geological features. At each location, soil samples were

collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface

and are homogenized. This is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-

1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of

America). The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical

characteristics. The soil samples were collected and analyzed once in post-monsoon

season.

The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-

chemical parameters. The heavy metals have been analyzed by using Atomic

Absorption Spectrophotometer.

The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table: 3.11

Table: 3.11 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration

pH pH meter (D 1293-84)

Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)

Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)

Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82)

Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Sodium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Calcium IS:2720

Magnesium IS:2720

Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)




3 - 25

3.7.3 Details of Soil Sampling Locations

The soil sampling locations and distance from project are mentioned in the below

table 3.12.

Table: 3.12 Soil Sampling Locations

Code Location/Villages

Direction Bearing

w.r.t Project

Site

Distance from

Project Site(km)


S1 Project site --- --- 18°41'13.72"N 84°14'58.75"E

S2 Bellukola SSE 0.37 18°40'59.92"N 84°15'13.03"E

S3 Bharthupuram NNE 0.71 18°41'43.66"N 84°15'12.41"E

S4 Jayapuram SW 1.28 18°40'37.67"N 84°14'34.71"E

S5 Bhiriboddapadu ESE 0.91 18°40'59.66"N 84°15'45.23"E




3 - 26

Fig 3.4: Soil Sampling Locations



3 - 27

3.7.4. Soil Analysis Results in the Study Area

The summarized analysis results of the soil samples in the study area are presented in

the Table: 3.13

Table: 3.13 Soil Analysis Results

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 6.85 7.32 6.68 6.8 7.12

2. Conductivity

(1:5 Aq Extract) mhos/cm 172 190 192 196 183

3. Texture

(a) Sand

(b) Silt

(c) Clay

%

43.8

12.6

43.6

42.6

17.0

40.4

44.3

14.1

41.6

41.5

15.4

43.1

40.2

16.0

43.8

4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.2 4.5

5. Moisture Content % 4.5 4.8 5.0 5.3 4.6

6. Availabe Nitrogen as N kg/ha 102 118 108 112 106

7. Availabe Phosphorous as P kg/ha 42.0 47.3 43.4 48.2 45.4

8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 185 210 194 190 196

9. Exchangeable Sodium as

Na mg/kg 158 175 178 179 167

10. Exchangeable Calcium as

Ca mg/kg 156 168 160 174 170

11. Exchangeable Magnesium

as Mg mg/kg 24.8 36.2 30.5 35.4 32.8

12. Water Soluble Chlorides as

Cl mg/kg 198 215 202 215 208

13. Water Soluble Sulphates as

SO4 mg/kg 16.8 20.8 17.9 19.6 18.4

14. Organic matter % 0.87 1.24 1.05 0.87 0.91

15. Organic Carbon % 0.51 0.72 0.61 0.51 0.53



3 - 28

3.7.5 Summary of Soil Analysis Data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and

high pH value soils. The pH values in the study area are varying from 6.8 to

7.32 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral soil.

Based on the electrical conductivity, the soils are classified into four groups

(Normal, Critical for germination, Critical for growth of the sensitive crops,

Injurious to most crops). The electrical conductivity in the study area was found

to be varying from 172 to 196 micro-mhos per centimeter (µmhos/cm). This is

good for germination

The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are the

primary nutrients – Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium (N, P, K) and the

secondary nutrients—Calcium, Magnesium and Sulphur (Ca, Mg, S). The

primary and secondary nutrient elements are known as major elements. This

classification is based on their relative abundance, and not on their relative

importance.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a

healthy green color to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area

is varying from 102 to 118 kg/ha. This is considerd to be good when compared

with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops.

In the study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 42 to

48.2 kg/ha. This is considered to be less when compared with the soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks,

cold and other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area

varies between 185 to 210 mg/kg. This is considered to be medium level for

crops when compared with the soil standards.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.51 to 0.72%. This is an average

sufficient level for crops.



3 - 29

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for

cultivation of crops.

3.7.6 Standard Soil Classification

S.No Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

>9.00 very strongly alkaline

2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm)

(1ppm = 640 µmhos)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops

(sensitive to salts)

3. Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium,

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium



3 - 30

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village

area and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on noise environment was

carried in and around the project site to study the levels of noise, as the high dB (A)

levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment,

including structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations

were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental setting. Spot

noise levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at mine area and

residential areas in all eight locations were covered with in study zone.

3.8.2 Methodology

The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24hrs, once in each

season. The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and

environmental setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10

pm and the night levels during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated

based on the hourly Leq values. Spot noise levels were measured using a precision noise

level meter at residential areas and mine area, in all five locations which were covered

with in study zone. The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.

Noise levels were recorded for every 15minutes in a clock hour for a continuous 24-

hour period at all locations.



3 - 31

3.8.3 Noise Monitoring Locations -The noise monitoring locations along with their

distance from project are mentioned in the below Table: 3.14

Table: 3.14 Noise Monitoring Locations

S.No Location Station Code

Direction from

Project Site

Distance w.r.t

Project Site



1. Project Site N1 - - 18°41'14.71"N 84°14'54.80"E

Industrial Area

2. Jayapuram N2 SW 1.32 18°40'35.90"N 84°14'34.56"E

Residential Area

3. Kollivalasa N3 WSW 2.81 18°40'30.18"N 84°13'30.66"E

Residential Area

4. Savarasomanadhapuram N4 NNW 1.0

18°41'46.40"N 84°14'42.60"E

Residential Area

5. Bharthupuram N5 NNE 0.70 18°41'43.15"N 84°15'13.10"E

Residential Area

6. Bellukola N6 ENE 0.32 18°41'0.58"N 84°15'13.64"E

Residential Area

7. Bhiriboddapadu N7 ESE 1.03 18°40'59.50"N 84°15'49.64"E

Residential Area

8. Jammipeta N8 SSE 0.75 18°41'26.34"N 84°15'36.16"E

Residential Area

3.8.4 Description of Locations:

N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the proposed mine site.

N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels

near to the mine area in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.



3 - 32

Fig 3.5: Noise Monitoring Locations



3 - 33

3.8.5 Noise Levels in the Study Area

The noise level monitored during the study period is given in Table: 3.15 in the form

of Lday, Lnight and Ldn compared with CPCB Standards.

Table: 3.15 Noise Levels in the Study Area

Location Code


CPCB norms Leq dB(A) Leq dB(A)

day Leq dB(A)

night Day Night

N1 Project site 75 70 43.8 36.6

N2 Residential 55 45 50.2 41.3









3 - 34

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS

IN THE STUDY AREA

43.850.2 53.5 51.6 49.8 48.4 50.6 47.3

55

75

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

No

ise

Leve

ls

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Day TimeLeq (dBA)

36.641.3 43.8 42.4

38.9 37.5 39.2 38.445

70

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

No

ise

Leve

ls

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Night TimeLeq (dBA)



3 - 35

3.9 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY

3.9.1 Topography

The applied Quarry lease area consists of an undulating terrain and comprise of hill

range locally known as Durgam hill. The quarry lease area is located on the flank of a

rather steeply sloping hill and is occupied of boulders and sheet of Colour Granite

which are exposed to the surface. The area slope rather steeply in Northern direction.

The drainage of the area is controlled by a network of streams which act as feeders to

the tanks present in the area. The water table is located at a depth of about 50-60m from

the ground level. The drainage pattern of the area is dendritic pattern. There are no

perennial or seasonal streams or other water bodies within this existing mine area.

3.9.2 Drainage

The main rivers drain the district is Vamsadhara and Nagavali. The other

importantrivers flowing in the district are Suvarnamukhi, Vegavati, Mahendra Tanya

and Bahuda. Among the rivers Vamsadhara, Nagavali and Suvarnamukhi are perennial.

The general drainage pattern is dendritic to sub-dendritic and occasionally parallel at

places. The drainage in western part of the district resembles dendritic type, where as

in the central part it is parallel to sub-dendritic. The overall drainage is of medium to

coarse textured towards west and north of the district, whereas in central and southern

parts it is very coarse.

3.9.3 Geology

Regional Geology:

The regional geology is a part of Eastern Ghat Group of rocks consisting of

Charnockite, Khondalite and Granitoids, a variety of hybrid rock formed by the

interaction of Intrusive Granite into the Khondalite. The Eastern Ghat group attains a

maximum thickness in the Ganjam – Cuttack tract. It occurs as ridges trending NE-SW.

The Eastern Ghat belt exhibits high grade metamorphism as evidenced by the presence

of Garnet and Silliminite. The Charnockite shows intrusive relation towards Khondalite

and ha itself under gone post magmata changes. Felspathic bands are common and are

due to Granitisation.



3 - 36

Local Geology:

The quarry lease area is occupied of boulders and sheet of colour Granite which are

exposed to the surface. The main rock exposed in the area consists of Charnockite

Gneiss and Khondalite. Two set of joints are observed, one is parallel and the other

perpendicular to strike direction. They are widely spaced and are useful in splitting big

blocks from the mother rock. The rock on physical examination is medium colour and

grained, massive and compact. The accessory minerals present are biotite and garnet.

The rock at places is intruded by Quartz vein and Feldspar band. The weathering

extends to a depth varying from few inches to a foot in some areas. Megascopic and

polished sample indicates that the rock takes good polish and exhibits fine texture. The

overall appearance of the rock is bluish in colour. The rock is commercially known as

Imperial Green and Brown. The other mineral assemblages are Silliminite, Garnet and

Quartz.

3.9.4 Geomorphology

Using IRS satellite data and GIS detailed geological, geomorphological and

structural map of Srikakulam District was generated as per Rajiv Gandhi National

Drinking Water Mission (RGNDWM) guidelines on 1: 50,000 scale. The objective of

this is to map lithology, geomorphology and structural characteristics of an area on

1:50,000 scale and to integrate the same to locate potential ground water prospect

zones and to recommend suitable structures for ground water recharge. Various

hydrogeomorphic units are delineated and suitable recharge structures are

proposed at drinking water affected villages under this project. The description of

geomorphic units of different origins (Fig.3.7) mapped in Srikakulam District are

described



3 - 37

Fig 3.6 Geology map of the Srikakulam District

Fig 3.7 Geomorphology of Srikakulam District



3 - 38

Hydrogeology

The district is underlain by variety of geological formations from the oldest Archaeans

to Recent Alluvium. The Archaean Group of rocks includes Khondalites and

Charnockites of Eastern Ghat Super Group and Granitic gneisses of Migmatite Group.

The Gondwana rocks which are represented by sandstones are of very limited aerial

extent. These sandstones occur as outlier in Ranastalam mandal on western part of the

district. The thickness of this formation is more than 220 m. The recent sediments

constitute coarse to fine sands, gravels, silts and clays. Structurally the are is highly

disturbed as evidenced by the structurally controlled rivers viz: Vamsadhara and

Nagavali which are observed to flow in the faulted zone trending NW-SE direction.

Prominent lineaments are trending in NE-SW, NW-SE and NNW-SSE.

Fig 3.8 Hydrogeology of the Srikakulam District



3 - 39

Ground water occurs in almost all geological formations. From the ground water point

of view, the aquifers found in the district can be broadly classified into hard rocks

(khondalites, quartzites, charnockites, granitic gneisses etc.) and soft rocks (sand

stones, river alluvium, coastal alluvium etc.). Ground water occurs under unconfined to

semi-confined conditions in the hard rock formations, while it occurs under unconfined

to confined conditions in soft rock formations. The yields in the weathered zones of

khondalites and charnockites are very limited and are in the order of 10 to 20 m3/d. In

the weathered granitic gneisses the yields are in theranges from 10 to 40 m3/d. The bore

wells constructed in the hard rocks generally tap the fractured and fissured zones. The

yields of the bore wells range between <1 lps to 3 lps. The higher yields are limited to

the available thickness of fractured, fissured and jointed zones. The occurrence of

fractures is limited down to 30 to 40 m bgl and occasionally extends down to 70- 100m

bgl. The river alluvium being unconsolidated sediment and having high porosity and

permeability forms potential aquifer system. The yields generally range in this aquifer

between 3 and 5 lps. Occasionally 7 to 9 lps yields are also observed in the sediments

consisting of thick sand and gravel beds. Coastal alluvium has good yield potential in

the range of 2 to 4 lps depending upon the availability of sand beds. The yields in

sandstone formation range between 6 and 19 lps. Granularity of the sandstone bed is

the deciding factor of yield potential as the higher yields are recorded in the wells

tapping coarse sand stone beds.

Ground water level

The depth to water level during pre monsoon season (May, 2012) in the district

generally ranges between 5 and 10 mbgl (Fig. 3.9). Shallow water levels less than 5 m

bgl occur in parts of Seetampeta, Veeraghattam, Vangara, Saravakota, Gara, Meliaputti,

Patapatnam, and Ichapuram mandals. Whereas water levels more than 10 m bgl are

recorded at Palasa and Kotturu.

The depth to water level during post monsoon season (Nov, 2012) in the district

generally less than 2 mbgl (Fig. 3.10). Deeper water levels more than 2 mbgl occur in

Laveru, G.Sigadam, Ponduru, Rajam and Ranastalam mandals.



3 - 40

Ground water availability

Ground water levels fluctuate considerably in response to the recharge and draft

conditions of ground water reservoir. Rise in water levels from pre-monsoon to post-

monsoon is in the range of 1.31 m to 9.05 m exist in the district. Majority of the district

is below 4 m fluctuation. The minimum average fluctuation is in alluvium, whereas

maximum average fluctuation is in khondalites. Long-term trend of water level (2001

to 2011) indicates during pre monsoon an overall raise in the district in the range of

0.002 to 0.532 m/yr where as fall in the range of 0.007 to 0.228 m/yr exist at Kanchili,

Ponduru, Heeramandalam and Srikakulam. During post-monsoon period overall raise

exists in the district, it varies from 0.003 to 0.487 m/yr except at Srikakulam and

Kanchili, where fall recorded of 0.013 and 0.018 m/yr respectively.

The water table elevation ranges between <1 m amsl (Kalingapatnam) and 139 m.amsl

(Sitampeta). The water table contours are almost parallel to the topographic contours

with gentle slopes along higher order streams of Vamsadhara and Nagavali and steep

slopes in the hilly and intermontane upland areas. The general ground water flow

direction is towards south directing towards the sea. Pumping test data of exploratory

wells drilled by CGWB reveal that the transmissivity values in hard rocks vary between

2 and 44 m2/day while the storativity ranges from 2.5x10-4 to 5.8x10-4. The aquifer

parameters will be very high in soft rock formations i.e. alluvium and sandstone due to

high yield potential.

Ground Water Resources

Ground water resources for each mandal are presented in Table-3.16. Net annual

ground water availability is 411.30 MCM in the command area and 515.86 MCM in

non-command area with a total of 927.16 MCM in the entire district. The gross ground

water draft for all uses in the command area is in the order of 80.75 MCM whereas it is

191.42 MCM in non-command area and the total gross ground water draft for all uses

in the district is 272.17 MCM. Out of this Resource 23.41 MCM in Command area and

68.29 MCM in non-command area with the total of 92.103 MCM in the entire district

allocated to cater the domestic and industrial needs of the population in the district as

on 2025. Net ground water availability for future irrigation use is 318.49 MCM in the

command, 287.26 MCM in non-command area and 605.75 MCM in the entire district.



3 - 41

All the mandals in the district are categorized as safe except Ranasthalam (Over

exploited) and Laveru (Semi Critical) mandals. Ground water resources for each

Mandal are presented as Table 3.16.

Fig 3.9 Depth of water level-Pre-Monsoon in Srikakulam District

Fig 3.10 Depth of water level-Post-Monsoon in Srikakulam District



3 - 42

Table: 3.16 Dynamic Ground water Resources - Nandigama

S. N

o

Man

dal

Su

b-u

nit

Tot

al

ann

ual

gr

oun

d

wat

er

Rec

har

ge

Pro

visi

on

for

Nat

ura

l

dis

char

ges

Net

A

uu

nal

gr

oun

d

wat

er

avai

lab

ilit

y

Exi

stin

g gr

oss

grou

nd

w

ater

dra

ft f

or a

ll u

ses

Pro

visi

on

for

dom

esti

c an

d

ind

ust

rial

req

uir

emen

t su

pp

ly

Net

gro

un

d w

ater

ava

ilab

ilit

y

for

futu

re

irri

gati

on

dev

elop

men

t

Sta

ge

of

gro

un

d

wat

er

dev

elop

men

t

Cat

egor

y

1 Nandig

ama

C 904 95 809 284 53 507 35 Safe

Non-C 2055 189 1866 584 147 1282 31 Safe

Total 2959 284 2675 868 200 1789 32 safe

3.10 LAND USE/LAND COVER

Indian Remote Sensing satellite, multi-spectral digital data has been used for the

preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India reference map

on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric

correction of satellite data. Ground truthing has been carried out to validate the

interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling verification

of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which cannot be

obtained directly on satellite imagery.

3.10.1 Objectives

Present status of land component of the environment including Standard ToR

points for the project within the study area covering 10 km radial distance around

the mine lease area.

Identification of forest land, agricultural land, waste land, water bodies etc. in the

area of interest.

Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for

mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts, if any.



3 - 43

3.10.2 Methodology:

The overall methodology (Fig 3.11) adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of

the present study involves the following steps:

Collection of source data of SOI toposheets. These are the main inputs for the

preparation of essential layers.

Satellite data of IRS P6 LISS IV sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced

using principal component method and Nearest Neighborhood re-sampling

technique.

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from

the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage map

from the satellite image by visual interpretation.

Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are

prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is

carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture,

location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature.

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps

prepared.

All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and

drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicing, quality checking, data

integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.

3.10.3 Land use Pattern-Remote Sensing data

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify

the manner in which different parts of land area is utilized or not utilized. Remote

sensing data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as it

is a rapid method of acquiring up-to-date information of over a large geological area.

Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying

susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in

the region. The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study

area covering 10 km radius around the mine lease area so that temporal changes due to

the Mining activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

The objectives of Land use Pattern are to:



3 - 44

Determine the present Land use pattern

Analyze the impacts on Land use due to the plant site in the study area

Study area with existing mine as epicenter 10 km radius from the core area is

considered for land use study.

3.10.3.1 Satellite Data: The Satellite IRS P-6 LISSIV images are obtained from National

Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) Hyderabad. The latitude and longitudes as observed

in the site by GPS are 18°39'0.28"N & 84º14’42.11”E.

3.10.3.2 Topographical Data: Topographical maps of Survey of India (SOI) were obtained

for land use study as well to develop contour and drainages pattern of area from 74

B/2.

Fig. 3.11 Flow Chart of Methodology



3 - 45

3.10.4 Land use Map Analysis

Land use Map Analysis carried out based on the image color, texture, Tone etc.

Following steps are used to analyze the Land use pattern of mine lease area:

Collection of scanned toposheets and Geo-reference the scanned image using the

available coordinates

Collection of IRS LISS IV images and made fused and blended the images for

color combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option

available in ERDAS

Identification Area of interest (AOI) and made a buffer of 10 km radius.

Enhance the Fused and blended LISS IV image using the Spatial, Radiometric

and Temporal options in ERDAS

Rectified the LISS IV image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get

UTM coordinate system

Subset the LISS images and Toposheet using 10 km buffer AOI

Automatic classifications done for LISS IV images using maximum iterations

and number of options in unsupervised classification options

Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with

AOI on Unsupervised classification image

Visual interpretation and supervised classification mixed with recoding practice

Verified through the QC / QA and finalized the data.

3.10.5 Spatial Data from SOI Topographical Sheets

Creating a GIS spatial database is a complex operation, and is the heart of the entire

work; it involves data capture, verification and structuring processes. Raw

geographical data are available in many different analogue and digital form such as

toposheets, aerial photographs, satellite imageries and tables. Out of all these sources,

the source of toposheets is of much concern to natural resource scientist and an

environmentalist.



3 - 46

In the present study, the essential maps generated from SOI topographical maps.

Using the topographical maps, the drainage map and contour Map were also

developed. The maps are prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying

with the requirement of terms of reference (ToR). The location of entities on the

earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed co-ordinate system. For most

GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the study is UTM co-ordinates

system. All the maps are first Geo-referenced. The same procedure is also applied on

remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the Essential maps.

Satellite image of the study area is provided in Fig 3.12. No National parks and wild

life sanctuaries located in the study area.

3.10.6 Contour Map and Elevations of Study Area

The contours in Toposheet have been digitized in the GIS environment and assigned

the respective elevation values in meters with reference to the mean sea level. From the

mine area the high range hill area were observed towards North West direction and the

lowest contours were observed in South direction. While the remaining areas showed

variations with respect to contours. Contour Map and Elevations of Study Area is

presented in Fig.3.13.

3.10.7 Topography (Digital Elevation Model)

A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface

topography or terrain (Fig.3.14). It is also widely known as a digital terrain model

(DTM). A DEM can be represented as a raster (a grid of squares, also known as a

height map when representing elevation) or as a triangular irregular network. For the

relief study of the area very higher quality SRTM (Shuttle Radar Topography Mission)

and DEM is downloaded.

3.10.8 Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone

The Land Use Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone shown in Table 3.17



3 - 47

Fig 3.12 Satellite image within the 10 km radius



3 - 48

Fig 3.13 Contour levels within the 10 km radius



3 - 49

Fig 3.14 Digital Elevation Map



3 - 50

Fig 3.15 The map showing river order within the 10 km radius



3 - 51

Fig 3.16 The map showing Land use and Land Cover within the 10 km radius



3 - 52

Land Use Land Cover Statistics of Mine Buffer Zone:

The core and buffer area of the mine is covered with Vegetation land around 11.17 % of

the total area. Other class around the Agricultural land edges is the Settlement (Built-up

area) is located and occupies around 7.97 % of the total study area. It is an area of human

habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that has a cover of buildings, transport

and communication, utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands. Fallow

land area is 60.35% and Forest area is covering around 19.56 %. The water bodies cover

0.94 % of the total area. The water bodies cover Sitagal cheruvu and Banshadhara Main

Canal and few 10 and 20 order streams. These area have a very prominent signature and

can be seen as almost Dark blue and light blue in the satellite image.

Table 3.17 Land Use Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

S.No LU/LC Class Area (Sqkm) Area (%)

1 Agriculture Land 120.187 36.33

2 Barren Land 6.197 1.87

3 Builtup Area 4.527 1.37

4 Canal Dump 7.695 2.33

5 Fallow Land 101.371 30.64

6 Forest Land 86.196 26.05

7 Mined Out Area 1.302 0.39

8 Water Body 3.378 1.02

TOTAL 330.854 100.00



3 - 53

Fig. 3.17 Graphical Presentation of Land Use Statistics

36.33

1.87

1.37

2.33

30.64

26.05

0.391.02

LULC

1 Agriculture Land

2 Barren Land

3 Builtup Area

4 Canal Dump

5 Fallow Land

6 Forest Land

7 Mined Out Area

8 Water Body



3 - 54

3.11. Biological environment

Introduction

Plant and animal communities are indicators of the environment. They respond not only to

one environmental factor, but also to an interacting group of factors. The plant and animal

communities integrates these influences and reacts sensitively to changes in the balance of

environmental stresses such as abitotic and biotic factors and anthropogenic activities. This

could cause changes in the physiognomy, structure and species composition of the flora

and fauna. Since the ecological integrity is one of the fundamental factors towards attaining

a sustainable ecosystem, following biological study in and around of mine lease areas of

Mandasa region was undertaken to assess the species diversity, distribution and present

status of flora and fauna.

Study area

The mine lease area is located Bellukola Village in the Tekkali Forest Range of Srikakulam

Division. The division is located on the Eastern slopes of Eastern Ghats. The Eastern Ghats

are the range of hills running parallel in the North-South Direction. The forests are

distributed from about 120 m to 1600 m. deciduous forests and Semi evergreen forests with

the increase in altitude gradually replace the dry scrub forests in the foothills. The hilltops

are characterized by dry Savannah forests. Though the distribution of forests is largely

influenced by the altitudinal variation, anthropogenic activities have changed the

landscape. The single major activity, which changed the face of forests in the region, is

Podu cultivation. Jack and Tamarind trees are the mute spectators of the past Podu

cultivation.

Based on Champion and Seth’s classification, the forests of the Srikakulam Division can

be divided in to the 5 types. Though the mine area is restricted to the hilltops, the impact

of mining will have bearing on the vegetation in the adjoining areas.

S.No. Technical description Types of forests

1 2B/2S Southern tropical semi evergreen forest

2 3B/2S Southern tropical secondary Moist mixed forests

3 5A/2S1 Southern tropical secondary dry deciduous forests

4 6A/C1 Southern thorn forests

5 5D/S2 Dry Savannah forests



3 - 55

Podu cultivation (shifting cultivation) practiced by the tribes in the region. The trees in the

area are cut and the cleared patch is burnt. Crop seeds are sown before the rains. There will

be good harvest for few years in the beginning, later the yield comes down due to soil

erosion and due to lack of soil erosion control measures. Almost all the villages adjoining

the block practice Podu cultivation. The Podu cultivation, in the long run will not only

affect the ecology of the region but also the very existence of the people living in the nearby

villages.

Forest blocks in study area

The details of forest blocks in study area are presented below in the Table 3.18. Small

plantations agro forestry) could also be seen in the buffer zone of the project (Anacardium

occidentale, Eucalyptus globules, Tectona grandis and Mangifera indica).

Table 3.18. Details of the forest blocks in the study area

S.No Details of forest blocks Distance (KM) Direction 1 Pedda Kedari RF 2.69 W

2 Jadupalle RF 5.45 NW

3 Banapuram RF 6.94 NE

Objectives

To study the present Ecological status and Biodiversity of core and buffer zones of

project areas

To generate baseline data on Flora and Fauna of core and buffer zones with

assessment of possible impacts

To suggest a Mitigation Plan for Conservation and Management of Biodiversity in core and

buffer zones.

Methodology

Vegetation survey

Vegetation and plant species composition observed and documented during field visit in

and around the mining site in the summer season. Besides primary surveys in the mining

sites, published literature and various floras were consulted to prepare an inventory of plant

species growing at project sites. The vegetation of the study area is highly degraded and



3 - 56

some areas consisting water bodies. The plant diversity is classified into various plant

groups such as tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers, sedges and grasses. The plant diversity survey

in the project area was undertaken during the winter season with the objectives of preparing

a checklist of flora in the study area. The list included total plant diversity belonging to

various groups such as agricultural crops, vegetable crops, and horticultural crops, natural

and aquatic flora (Table 3.19).

Fauna survey

A linear transect of 1 km each was chosen for sampling at each site. Each transect was

trekked for 1.5 hr for the sampling of faunal diversity through following methods for

different categories. For the sampling of butterflies, the standard ‘Pollard walk’ method was

employed and all the species that could not be identified in the field were collected using a

butterfly net besides photographing them.

For bird’s sampling ‘point sampling’ along the fixed transects (foot trails) was carried out.

All the species of birds were observed through a binocular and identified with the help of

field guidebook and photographs.

For sampling of mammals, direct count on open width (20m) transect was used. In addition,

information on recent sightings/records of mammals by the villagers/locals was also

collected. For carnivores, indirect sampling was carried out and the mammals wee identified

by foot marks, faeces and other marks/sign created by them. In case of reptiles mainly lizards

were sampled by direct count on open width transects.

The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the specific faunal

characteristics of area. The assessment of fauna has been done by extensive field survey of

the area. During survey, the presence of wildlife was also inhabitants depending on animal

sightings and frequency of their visits in the project area which was later confirmed from

forest department, Wildlife department etc.



3 - 57

Table 3.19. Mode of data collection and parameters considered during the survey

S.No. Aspect Data Mode of data

collection

Parameters

monitored

Remarks

1 Terrestrial

Biodiversity

Primary

data

collection

By field survey Flora and

faunal diversity

For floral diversity:

Random survey,

Sampling survey/ Forest

inventory, walking

transect, collection and

identification with the

help of relevant

literature.

For faunal diversity:

Direct and indirect

sampling, walking

transect, point sampling

and nest sampling etc.

2 Secondary

data

collection

From authentic

sources like

published

literature and

Forest

Department of

Andhra Pradesh

literature and

from BSI and

ZSI etc.

Floral,

vegetation and

forest types

studied from

Flora of

Andhra

Pradesh.

Data collected from the

working plan of the

region, forest types from

the authentic literature

of Vegetation types of

India (Champion and

Seth) Flora of Andhra

Pradesh (Pullaiah et al

1997) and Flora of

Srikakulam district (Rao

and Sreeramulu 1986).



3 - 58

Flora of the Core zone

The core zone comprises of hill, where mining operation is being carried out. This area

consists of Dry deciduous vegetation in which Diospyros sylvatica, Pterospermum

xylocarpum, Lannea coromandelica and Garuga pinnata are common trees. No

ecologically sensitive and threatened plant species has been reported from this area. The

checklist of floral elements given in the Table 3.20.

Table 3.20. List of plant species observed in core area of the project

S.No. Botanical Name Vernacular name Family Habit

1 Abrus precatorius L. Gurivinda Leguminosae Climber

2 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Tuthurabenda Malvaceae Shrub

3 Acacia caesia (L.) Willd. Konda korintha Leguminosae Climber

4 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd. Nalla sundra Leguminosae Tree

5 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Tella thumma Leguminosae Tree

6 Acacia sinuata (Lour.) Merr. Sikayi Leguminosae Climber

7 Acacia torta (Roxb.) Craib Konda Korinta Leguminosae Climber

8 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttareni Amaranthaceae Herb

9 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Maredu Rutaceae Tree

10 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Kondapindi Amaranthaceae Herb

11 Aganosma heynei (Spreng.) ined. Mogari Apocynaceae Climber

12 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin

Vudugu Cornaceae Tree

13 Albizia amara (Roxb.) B.Boivin Konda sigara Leguminosae Tree

14 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck) Merr. Nalla regi Leguminosae Tree

15 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.) Benth. Ganara Leguminosae Tree

16 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth. Tella dirisana Leguminosae Tree

17 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Amera Leguminosae Herb

18 Amorphophallus paeoniifolius (Dennst.) Nicolson

Kondakandha Araceae Herb

19 Ampelocissus latifolia (Roxb.) Planch.

Adaviodraksha Vitaceae Climber

20 Anacardium occidentale L. Jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree

21 Andrographis echioides (L.) Nees Acanthaceae Herb

22 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.) Nees

Nelavemu Acanthaceae Herb

23 Annona squamosa L. Seethaphalam Annonaceae Tree

24 Anogeissus acuminata (Roxb. ex DC.) Guill.

Pasi chettu Combretaceae Tree



3 - 59

25 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex DC.) Wall. ex Bedd.

Sirumanu Combretaceae Tree

26 Apluda mutica L. - Poaceae Grass

27 Argyreia nervosa (Burm. f.) Bojer Samudra pala Convolvulaceae Climber

28 Aristida funiculata Trin. & Rupr. Cheepurugaddi Poaceae Grass

29 Aristida setacea Retz. Parakagaddi Poaceae Grass

30 Aristolochia bracteolata Lam. Gadidagadapa Aristolochiaceae Herb

31 Aristolochia indica L. Nall eswari Aristolochiaceae Herb

32 Arundinella setosa Trin. Poaceae Grass

33 Asparagus racemosus Willd. Pilligaddalu Asparagaceae Climber

34 Asystasia gangetica (L.) T.Anderson

- Acanthaceae Herb

35 Atalantia monophylla DC. Karu nimma Rutaceae Tree

36 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree

37 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Delile Gara Zygophyllaceae Tree

38 Bambusa bambos (L.) Voss Veduru Poaceae Shrub

39 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Are Leguminosae Tree

40 Bauhinia vahlii Wight & Arn. Addaku Leguminosae Climber

41 Blumea virens DC. Compositae Herb

42 Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikamamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb

43 Bombax ceiba L. Buruga Malvaceae Tree

44 Bothriochloa glabra (Roxb.) A.Camus

Poaceae Grass

45 Brachiaria eruciformis (Sm.) Griseb.

Poaceae Grass

46 Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf - Poaceae Grass

47 Brachiaria reptans (L.) C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb.

Poaceae Grass

48 Breynia vitis-idaea (Burm.f.) C.E.C.Fisch.

Purugudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub

49 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Balli chettu Phyllanthaceae Tree

50 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Anemu Phyllanthaceae Tree

51 Bridelia tomentosa Blume Balli Phyllanthaceae Tree

52 Buchanania cochinchinensis (Lour.) M.R.Almeida

Sara Anacardiaceae Tree

53 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B.Clarke

Cyperaceae Sedge

54 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Leguminosae Tree

55 Butea superba Roxb. Tiga moduga Leguminosae Climber



3 - 60

56 Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce Capparaceae Climber

57 Cajanus scarabaeoides (L.) Thouars

Konda kandui Leguminosae Herb

58 Canavalia gladiata (Jacq.) DC. Tamma Leguminosae Climber

59 Canthium coromandelicum (Burm.f.) Alston

Balusu Rubiaceae Shrub

60 Capparis decidua (Forssk.) Edgew. Capparaceae Shrub

61 Capparis sepiaria L. Capparaceae Shrub

62 Careya arborea Roxb. Kumbi Lecythidaceae Tree

63 Carissa carandas L. Vaka Apocynaceae Shrub

64 Caryota urens L. Geelugu Arecaceae Tree

65 Casearia elliptica Willd. Chilakaya Salicaceae Shrub

66 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Gidiguru Salicaceae Tree

67 Cassia fistula L. Rela Leguminosae Tree

68 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirveng.

Manga Rubiaceae Shrub

69 Cayratia auriculata (Roxb.) Gamble

Mura palleru Vitaceae Climber

70 Chloris barbata Sw. Uppu gaddi Poaceae Grass

71 Chloris virgata Sw. Poaceae Grass

72 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Rutaceae Tree

73 Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King & H.Rob.

Kampu rodda Compositae Shrub

74 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Ranaberi Meliaceae Tree

75 Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Benth. ex Hook.f.

Vadisa Euphorbiaceae Tree

76 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston

Konda gogu Bixaceae Tree

77 Combretum albidum G.Don Combretaceae Climber

78 Commiphora wightii (Arn.) Bhandari

Burseraceae Tree

79 Costus speciosus (J.König) Sm. Bogachika dumpa Costaceae Herb

80 Crotalaria medicaginea Lam. Leguminosae Herb

81 Crotalaria retusa L. Pottigiligicha Leguminosae Herb

82 Cyanthillium cinereum (L.) H.Rob. Sahadevi Compositae Herb

83 Cymbopogon citratus (DC.) Stapf Nimmagaddi Poaceae Grass

84 Cymbopogon coloratus (Hook.f.) Stapf

Dabbagaddi Poaceae Grass

85 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Gariki Poaceae Grass



3 - 61

86 Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd.

- Poaceae Grass

87 Dalbergia lanceolaria subsp. paniculata (Roxb.) Thoth.

Saibothu Leguminosae Tree

88 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Iridi Leguminosae Tree

89 Dendrobium aphyllum (Roxb.) C.E.C.Fisch.

- Orchidaceae Herb

90 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees

Sadanaala Veduru Poaceae Shrub

91 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ettingsh.

- Loranthaceae Herb

92 Derris scandens (Roxb.) Benth. Leguminosae Climber

93 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC. Kola panna Leguminosae Herb

94 Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn.

Veluthuru Leguminosae Tree

95 Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler Poaceae Grass

96 Dinebra retroflexa (Vahl) Panz. Poaceae Grass

97 Dioscorea bulbifera L. Karukanda Dioscoreaceae Climber

98 Dioscorea oppositifolia L. Adda dumpa Dioscoreaceae Climber

99 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Thorika Ebenaceae Tree

100 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Thummika Ebenaceae Tree

101 Diospyros montana Roxb.

102 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Gatha Ebenaceae Tree

103 Diospyros vera (Lour.) A.Chev. Pisini Ebenaceae Tree

104 Dodonaea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Bandaru Sapindaceae Shrub

105 Dolichandrone atrovirens (Roth) K.Schum.

Bignoniaceae Tree

106 Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn.

Chinna gariki Poaceae Grass

107 Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb

108 Euphorbia neriifolia L. Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub

109 Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae Tree

110 Ficus semicordata Buch.-Ham. ex Sm.

Bommala marri Moraceae Tree

111 Ficus tomentosa Roxb. ex Willd. Moraceae Tree

112 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Kanaregu Salicaceae Tree

113 Flacourtia jangomas (Lour.) Raeusch.

114 Gardenia latifolia Aiton Pedda karinga Rubiaceae Tree

115 Gardenia resinifera Roth Karinga Rubiaceae Tree



3 - 62

116 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Garugu Burseraceae Tree

117 Glycosmis pentaphylla (Retz.) DC. Golimi Rutaceae Shrub

118 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gummadi teku Lamiaceae Tree

119 Grewia damine Gaertn. Malvaceae Tree

120 Grewia flavescens Juss. Jana Malvaceae Shrub

121 Grewia hirsuta Vahl Jana Malvaceae Shrub

122 Grewia rothii DC. Pedda chipuru Malvaceae Tree

123 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Thada Malvaceae Tree

124 Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. Poliki Hernandiaceae Tree

125 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. ex Schult.

Sugandipala Apocynaceae Climber

126 Holarrhena pubescens Wall. ex G.Don

Tedla pala Apocynaceae Tree

127 Imperata cylindrica (L.) Raeusch. Darba gaddi Poaceae Grass

128 Indigofera cassioides DC. Sirali Leguminosae Herb

129 Indigofera linnaei Ali Cheragadam Leguminosae Herb

130 Indigofera prostrata Willd. Leguminosae Herb

131 Iseilema laxum Hack. Nalla kokita Convolvulaceae Herb

132 Ixora pavetta Roxb. Korivi Cheetu Rubiaceae Tree

133 Jasminum arborescens Roxb. Garuda malli Oleaceae Shrub

134 Kavalama urens (Roxb.) Raf. Jeelugu Arecaceae Tree

135 Kyllinga nemoralis (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Dandy ex Hutch. & Dalziel

Cyperaceae Herb

136 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Chennangi Lythraceae Tree

137 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr.

Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree

138 Lantana camara L. Gajupulu Verbenaceae Shrub

139 Leptadenia reticulata (Retz.) Wight & Arn.

Mukkupala teega Apocynaceae Climber

140 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Tummi Lamiaceae Herb

141 Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B.Rob. Naramamidi Lauraceae Tree

142 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel. Ippa Sapotaceae Tree

143 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Müll.Arg.

Sindhuram Euphorbiaceae Tree

144 Memecylon edule Roxb. Alli Melastomataceae Tree

145 Mimosa pudica L. Athipathi Leguminosae Herb

146 Mimosa rubicaulis Lam. Korundam Leguminosae Climber

147 Mimusops elengi L. Pogada Sapotaceae Tree



3 - 63

148 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth.

Nirukadambam Rubiaceae Tree

149 Momordica charantia L. Verri chatarasi Aizoaceae Herb

150 Morinda coreia Buch.-Ham. Thogaru Rubiaceae Tree

151 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Duradagondi Leguminosae Climber

152 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. Parijatham Oleaceae Tree

153 Ochna obtusata DC. Tammi Ochnaceae Tree

154 Olax scandens Roxb. Olacaceae Climber

155 Oldenlandia corymbosa L. Rubiaceae Herb

156 Oldenlandia herbacea (L.) Roxb. Rubiaceae Herb

157 Oldenlandia umbellata L. Chiruveru Rubiaceae Herb

158 Oplismenus burmannii (Retz.) P.Beauv.

Poaceae Grass

159 Panicum repens L. Poaceae Grass

160 Panicum sumatrense Roth Ladda gaddi Poaceae Grass

161 Pavetta tomentosa Roxb. ex Sm. Tella papidi Rubiaceae Shrub

162 Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze Nakkatoka Poaceae Grass

163 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chitti eetha Arecaceae Shrub

164 Phyllanthus emblica L. Usiri Phyllanthaceae Tree

165 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Pulasari Phyllanthaceae Herb

166 Phyllanthus amarus Schumach. & Thonn.

Nela usiri Phyllanthaceae Herb

167 Plumbago zeylanica L. Chitramulamu Plumbaginaceae Herb

168 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Bedd.

Dudduga Annonaceae Tree

169 Polyalthia suberosa (Roxb.) Thwaites

Chilka dudduga Annonaceae Tree

170 Premna mollissima Roth Kokkitha Lamiaceae Tree

171 Premna tomentosa Willd. Nelli Lamiaceae Tree

172 Protium serratum (Wall. ex Colebr.) Engl.

Bhusi Burseraceae Tree

173 Pseudarthria viscida (L.) Wight & Arn.

Muyak Leguminosae Herb

174 Psydrax dicoccos Gaertn. Alli Rubiaceae Tree

175 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Yegisa Leguminosae Tree

176 Pterospermum xylocarpum (Gaertn.) Oken

Lolugu Malvaceae Tree

177 Pterospermum xylocarpum (Gaertn.) Santapau & Wagh

178 Rhynchosia beddomei Baker Leguminosae Herb



3 - 64

179 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Leguminosae Herb

180 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Merr. Erra bhusi Sapindaceae Tree

181 Semecarpus anacardium L.f. Nalla jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree

182 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Tangedu Leguminosae Shrub

183 Solanum anguivi Lam. Chiru benda Malvaceae Herb

184 Solanum torvum Sw. Vusti Solanaceae Shrub

185 Soymida febrifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. Somitha Meliaceae Tree

186 Streblus asper Lour. Baranika Moraceae Tree

187 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Mushidi Loganiaceae Tree

188 Strychnos potatorum L.f. Mushidi Loganiaceae Tree

189 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree

190 Tamarindus indica L. Chinta Leguminosae Tree

191 Tamilnadia uliginosa (Retz.) Tirveng. & Sastre

Nalla manga Rubiaceae Tree

192 Tectona grandis L.f. Teku Lamiaceae Tree

193 Teramnus labialis (L.f.) Spreng. Masha parni Leguminosae Herb

194 Terminalia tomentosa Wight & Arn.

Nalla maddi Combretaceae Tree

195 Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.) Kuntze

Konda cheepuru gaddi

Poaceae Grass

196 Trema orientalis (L.) Blume Boggu chettu Ulmaceae Tree

197 Vitex altissima L.f. Lamiaceae Tree

198 Vitex pinnata L. Lamiaceae Tree

199 Waltheria indica L. Nallabenda Malvaceae Herb

200 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz Jeguru Lythraceae Shrub

201 Wrightia tinctoria R.Br. Ankudu Apocynaceae Tree

202 Xanthium strumarium L. Marula mathangi Compositae Herb

203 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. Konda tangini Leguminosae Tree

204 Ziziphus jujuba Mill. Regu Rhamnaceae Tree

205 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Climber

206 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Gotti chettu Rhamnaceae Tree

Flora of the buffer zone

Buffer zone of the proposed project is mainly forest and agricultural land. The flora of

buffer zone comprises of Wrightia tinctoria, Hollarhena pubescens, Diospyros sylvatica,

Pterospermum xylocarpum, Lannea coromandelica, Cassia fistula, Gmelina arborea and

Garuga pinnata trees are growing. Many tree species are planted in the area because of



3 - 65

their usefulness, economic and aesthetic values. The tree species observed in the area are,

Mangifera indica, Albizia lebbeck, Bombax ceiba, Dalbergia sissoo, Sapindus

emarginatus, and Tamarindus indica etc. Flora of the buffer zone provided in the Table

3.21.

Table 3.21. List of plant species observed in buffer area of the project

S.No. Botanical Name Vernacular name Family Habit

1 Abelmoschus moschatus Medik. Kasturi benda Malvaceae Herb

2 Abrus fruticulosus Wight & Arn. Tella gurivenda Leguminosae Climber

3 Abrus precatorius L. Gurivinda Leguminosae Climber

4 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Tuthurabenda Malvaceae Shrub

5 Acacia auriculiformis Benth. Australian thumma Leguminosae Tree

6 Acacia caesia (L.) Willd. Konda korintha Leguminosae Climber

7 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd. Nalla sundra Leguminosae Tree

8 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Tella thumma Leguminosae Tree

9 Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Nalla thumma Leguminosae Tree

10 Acacia sinuata (Lour.) Merr. Sikayi Leguminosae Climber

11 Acacia torta (Roxb.) Craib Konda Korinta Leguminosae Climber

12 Acalypha indica L. Muripindi Euphorbiaceae Herb

13 Acanthospermum hispidum DC. Compositae Herb

14 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttareni Amaranthaceae Herb

15 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Maredu Rutaceae Tree

16 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Kondapindi Amaranthaceae Herb

17 Aeschynomene aspera L. Neetijeeluga Leguminosae Herb

18 Aeschynomene indica L. Tellajeelugu Leguminosae Herb

19 Aganosma heynei (Spreng.) ined. Mogari Apocynaceae Climber

20 Agave americana L. Kittanara Asparagaceae Shrub

21 Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Vasavi Compositae Herb

22 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Pedda manu Simaroubaceae Tree

23 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Vudugu Cornaceae Tree

24 Albizia amara (Roxb.) B.Boivin Konda sigara Leguminosae Tree

25 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck) Merr. Nalla regi Leguminosae Tree

26 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Dirisena Leguminosae Tree

27 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.) Benth. Ganara Leguminosae Tree

28 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth. Tella dirisana Leguminosae Tree

29 Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. Nidraganneru Leguminosae Tree

30 Allmania nodiflora (L.) R.Br. ex Wight Amaranthaceae Herb



3 - 66

31 Alloteropsis cimicina (L.) Stapf - Poaceae Grass

32 Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. Kalabanda Asparagaceae Herb

33 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Edakula pala Apocynaceae Tree

34 Alternanthera pungens Kunth Mullu-ponnaganti Amaranthaceae Herb

35 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex DC. Ponnagantikura Amaranthaceae Herb

36 Alysicarpus heterophyllus (Baker) Jafri & Ali

Leguminosae Herb

37 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Amera Leguminosae Herb

38 Amaranthus spinosus L. Mullu thotakura Amaranthaceae Herb

39 Amaranthus viridis L. Thotakura Amaranthaceae Herb

40 Ammannia baccifera L. Agnivendrapaaku Lythraceae Herb

41 Amorphophallus paeoniifolius (Dennst.) Nicolson

Kondakandha Araceae Herb

42 Ampelocissus latifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Adaviodraksha Vitaceae Climber

43 Anacardium occidentale L. Jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree

44 Andrographis echioides (L.) Nees Acanthaceae Herb

45 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.) Nees

Nelavemu Acanthaceae Herb

46 Anisochilus carnosus (L.f.) Wall. Ritchu-rodda Lamiaceae Herb

47 Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Dabeera Lamiaceae Herb

48 Annona reticulata L. Ramaphal Annonaceae Tree

49 Annona squamosa L. Seethaphalam Annonaceae Tree

50 Anogeissus acuminata (Roxb. ex DC.) Guill.

Pasi chettu Combretaceae Tree

51 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex DC.) Wall. ex Bedd.

Sirumanu Combretaceae Tree

52 Apluda mutica L. - Poaceae Grass

53 Argemone mexicana L. Balurakshasi Papavaraceae Herb

54 Argyreia nervosa (Burm. f.) Bojer Samudra pala Convolvulaceae Climber

55 Aristida funiculata Trin. & Rupr. Cheepurugaddi Poaceae Grass

56 Aristida hystrix L.f. Poaceae Grass

57 Aristida setacea Retz. Parakagaddi Poaceae Grass

58 Aristolochia bracteolata Lam. Gadidagadapa Aristolochiaceae Herb

59 Aristolochia indica L. Nall eswari Aristolochiaceae Herb

60 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Panasa chettu Moraceae Tree

61 Arundinella setosa Trin. Poaceae Grass

62 Arundo donax L. Peepalu Poaceae Grass

63 Asparagus racemosus Willd. Pilligaddalu Asparagaceae Climber



3 - 67

64 Asystasia gangetica (L.) T.Anderson - Acanthaceae Herb

65 Atalantia monophylla DC. Karu nimma Rutaceae Tree

66 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree

67 Azima tetracantha Lam. Uppu kampa Salvadoraceae Shrub

68 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Delile Gara Zygophyllaceae Tree

69 Bambusa bambos (L.) Voss Veduru Poaceae Shrub

70 Barleria prionitis L. Neellagorinta Acanthaceae Herb

71 Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gaertn. Kanapa Barringtoniaceae Tree

72 Bauhinia purpurea L. Pedddari Leguminosae Tree

73 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Are Leguminosae Tree

74 Bauhinia vahlii Wight & Arn. Addaku Leguminosae Climber

75 Bauhinia variegata L. Mandari Leguminosae Tree

76 Biophytum sensitivum (L.) DC. Jala puspa Oxalidaceae Herb

77 Blepharis integrifolia (L.f.) E.Mey. & Drège ex Schinz

Acanthaceae Herb

78 Blumea axillaris (Lam.) DC. Compositae Herb

79 Blumea bifoliata (L.) DC. Compositae Herb

80 Blumea virens DC. Compositae Herb

81 Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikamamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb

82 Bombax ceiba L. Buruga Malvaceae Tree

83 Borassus flabellifer L. Thati chettu Arecaceae Tree

84 Bothriochloa glabra (Roxb.) A.Camus Poaceae Grass

85 Brachiaria eruciformis (Sm.) Griseb. Poaceae Grass 86 Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf - Poaceae Grass

87 Brachiaria reptans (L.) C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb.

Poaceae Grass

88 Breynia vitis-idaea (Burm.f.) C.E.C.Fisch.

Purugudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub

89 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Balli chettu Phyllanthaceae Tree

90 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Anemu Phyllanthaceae Tree

91 Bridelia tomentosa Blume Balli Phyllanthaceae Tree

92 Buchanania cochinchinensis (Lour.) M.R.Almeida

Sara Anacardiaceae Tree

93 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B.Clarke Cyperaceae Sedge

94 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Leguminosae Tree

95 Butea superba Roxb. Tiga moduga Leguminosae Climber

96 Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce Capparaceae Climber



3 - 68

97 Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Gachakaya Leguminosae Shrub

98 Cajanus scarabaeoides (L.) Thouars Konda kandui Leguminosae Herb

99 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Tella jilledu Apocynaceae Shrub

100 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand. Jilledu Apocynaceae Shrub

101 Canavalia gladiata (Jacq.) DC. Tamma Leguminosae Climber

102 Canthium coromandelicum (Burm.f.) Alston

Balusu Rubiaceae Shrub

103 Canthium dicoccum (Gaertn.) Merr. Alli Rubiaceae Tree

104 Canthium parviflorum Lam. Balusu Rubiaceae Shrub

105 Capparis decidua (Forssk.) Edgew. Capparaceae Shrub

106 Capparis sepiaria L. Capparaceae Shrub

107 Capparis zeylanica L. Aarudodna Capparaceae Shrub

108 Caralluma umbellata Haw. Apocynaceae Herb

109 Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Buddakakara Sapindaceae Climber

110 Careya arborea Roxb. Kumbi Lecythidaceae Tree

111 Carissa carandas L. Vaka Apocynaceae Shrub

112 Caryota urens L. Geelugu Arecaceae Tree

113 Casearia elliptica Willd. Chilakaya Salicaceae Shrub

114 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Gidiguru Salicaceae Tree

115 Cassia fistula L. Rela Leguminosae Tree

116 Cassytha filiformis L. Akashavalli Lauraceae Climber

117 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sarugudu Casuarinaceae Tree

118 Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Billaganneru Apocynaceae Herb

119 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirveng.

Manga Rubiaceae Shrub

120 Cayratia auriculata (Roxb.) Gamble Mura palleru Vitaceae Climber

121 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. Tella buruga Malvaceae Tree

122 Celastrus paniculatus Willd. kasara teega Celastraceae Climber

123 Celosia argentea L. Gurumu Amaranthaceae Herb

124 Cenchrus ciliaris L. Bunch grass Poaceae Grass

125 Chloris barbata Sw. Uppu gaddi Poaceae Grass

126 Chloris virgata Sw. Poaceae Grass

127 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Rutaceae Tree

128 Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King & H.Rob.

Kampu rodda Compositae Shrub

129 Chrysopogon fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov. Peddapal Poaceae Grass



3 - 69

130 Chrysopogon lancearius (Hook.f.) Haines

Poaceae Grass

131 Chukrasia tabularis A.Juss. Konda vepa Meliaceae Tree

132 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Ranaberi Meliaceae Tree

133 Cissus quadrangularis L. Nalleru Vitaceae Climber

134 Citrullus colocynthis (L.) Schrad. Putsakaya Cucurbitaceae Climber

135 Citrus limon (L.) Osbeck Nimma Rutaceae Tree


Vadisa Euphorbiaceae Tree

137 Cleome aspera J.Koenig ex DC. Kukka vaminta Cleomaceae Herb

138 Cleome gynandra L. Vaminta Capparaceae Herb

139 Cleome viscosa L. Vaminta Cleomaceae Herb

140 Clerodendrum phlomidis L.f. Jaya Chettu Lamiaceae Shrub

141 Clitoria ternatea L. Shankupushpi Leguminosae Climber

142 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Kaki donda Cucurbitaceae Climber

143 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) W.Theob. Dusarituga Menispermaceae Climber

144 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston Konda gogu Bixaceae Tree

145 Cocos nucifera L. Coconut Arecaeae Tree

146 Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott Atuka teega Araceae Herb

147 Combretum albidum G.Don Combretaceae Climber

148 Commelina benghalensis L. - Commelinaceae Herb

149 Commelina erecta L. Kodikalu Commelinaceae Sedge

150 Commelina longifolia Lam. Kodikalu Commelinaceae Sedge

151 Commelina undulata R.Br. Commelinaceae Sedge

152 Commiphora wightii (Arn.) Bhandari Burseraceae Tree

153 Conyza stricta Willd. Compositae Herb

154 Corchorus aestuans L. Nela bera Tiliaceae Herb

155 Corchorus tridens L. Tiliaceae Herb

156 Cordia dichotoma G.Forst. Nakiri Cordiaceae Tree

157 Costus speciosus (J.König) Sm. Bogachika dumpa Costaceae Herb

158 Cressa cretica L. Uppu senaga Convolvulaceae Shrub

159 Crotalaria juncea L. Janumu Leguminosae Herb

160 Crotalaria laburnifolia L. Pedda giligicha Leguminosae Herb

161 Crotalaria medicaginea Lam. Leguminosae Herb

162 Crotalaria paniculata Willd. Leguminosae Herb

163 Crotalaria prostrata Willd. Leguminosae Herb

164 Crotalaria retusa L. Pottigiligicha Leguminosae Herb



3 - 70

165 Crotalaria verrucosa L. Giligicha Leguminosae Herb

166 Croton bonplandianus Baill. Galivana mokka Euphorbiaceae Herb

167 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Paasi teega Lythraceae Herb

168 Cyanotis axillaris (L.) D.Don ex Sweet Golla gundi Commelinaceae Sedge

169 Cyanotis cristata (L.) D.Don Commelinaceae Sedge

170 Cyanthillium cinereum (L.) H.Rob. Sahadevi Compositae Herb

171 Cymbopogon citratus (DC.) Stapf Nimmagaddi Poaceae Grass

172 Cymbopogon coloratus (Hook.f.) Stapf Dabbagaddi Poaceae Grass

173 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Gariki Poaceae Grass

174 Cyperus compressus L. - Cyperaceae Sedge

175 Cyperus squarrosus L. Cyperaceae Sedge

176 Cyperus castaneus Willd. Cyperaceae Sedge

177 Cyperus iria L. Cyperaceae Sedge

178 Cyperus rotundus L. Thunga Cyperaceae Sedge

179 Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd. - Poaceae Grass 180 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. Saibothu Leguminosae Tree

181 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Iridi Leguminosae Tree

182 Dalbergia sissoo DC. Sisam Leguminosae Tree

183 Datura innoxia Mill. Nalla ummetha Solanaceae Shrub

184 Datura metel L. Ummetha Solanaceae Shrub

185 Datura stramonium L. Ummetha Solanaceae Shrub

186 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Thurai Leguminosae Tree

187 Dendrobium aphyllum (Roxb.) C.E.C.Fisch.

- Orchidaceae Herb

188 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees Sadanaala Veduru Poaceae Shrub

189 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ettingsh. - Loranthaceae Herb

190 Derris scandens (Roxb.) Benth. Leguminosae Climber

191 Desmodium dichotomum (Willd.) DC. Leguminosae Herb

192 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC. Kola panna Leguminosae Herb

193 Desmodium oojeinense (Roxb.) H.Ohashi

Vandanam chettu Leguminosae Tree

194 Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. Muntamandu Leguminosae Herb

195 Dichanthium caricosum (L.) A.Camus Poaceae Grass

196 Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn.

Veluthuru Leguminosae Tree

197 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Chenchalikura Amaranthaceae Herb

198 Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler Poaceae Grass



3 - 71

199 Dinebra retroflexa (Vahl) Panz. Poaceae Grass

200 Dioscorea bulbifera L. Karukanda Dioscoreaceae Climber

201 Dioscorea hispida Dennst. Dioscoreaceae Climber

202 Dioscorea oppositifolia L. Adda dumpa Dioscoreaceae Climber

203 Dioscorea pentaphylla L. Adavi gunusutheega

Dioscoreaceae Climber

204 Dioscorea tomentosa J.Koenig ex Spreng.

Tiga dumpa Dioscoreaceae Climber

205 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Thorika Ebenaceae Tree

206 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Thummika Ebenaceae Tree

207 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Gatha Ebenaceae Tree

208 Diospyros vera (Lour.) A.Chev. Pisini Ebenaceae Tree

209 Dipteracanthus prostratus (Poir.) Nees - Acanthaceae Herb

210 Dodonaea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Bandaru Sapindaceae Shrub

211 Dolichandrone atrovirens (Roth) K.Schum.

Bignoniaceae Tree

212 Dolichandrone falcata (Wall. ex DC.) Seem.

Chitinirudi Bignoniaceae Tree

213 Drimia indica (Roxb.) Jessop Asparagaceae Herb

214 Echinochloa colona (L.) Link Bontha chamalu Poaceae Grass

215 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Guntagalagara Compositae Herb

216 Eleocharis dulcis (Burm.f.) Trin. ex Hensch.

Cyperaceae Sedge

217 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. ex DC. Compositae Herb

218 Enicostema axillare (Poir. ex Lam.) A.Raynal

Gulvidi Gentianaceae Herb

219 Eragrostiella bifaria (Vahl) Bor Poaceae Grass

220 Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn. Chinna gariki Poaceae Grass

221 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagiri Myrtaceae Tree

222 Euphorbia antiquorum L. Bonthajemudu Euphorbiaceae Herb

223 Euphorbia cordifolia Elliott Euphorbiaceae Shrub

224 Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb

225 Euphorbia neriifolia L. Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub

226 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.-Ham. Vadthor Euphorbiaceae Shrub

227 Euphorbia prostrata Aiton Euphorbiaceae Herb

228 Euphorbia rosea Retz. Euphorbiaceae Herb

229 Euphorbia thymifolia L. Reddivari nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb

230 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Thirukali Euphorbiaceae Tree



3 - 72

231 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb

232 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. - Convolvulaceae Herb

233 Ficus benghalensis L. Marri Moraceae Tree

234 Ficus hispida L.f. Bodda chettu Moraceae Tree

235 Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae Tree

236 Ficus religiosa L. Raavi Moraceae Tree

237 Ficus semicordata Buch.-Ham. ex Sm. Bommala marri Moraceae Tree

238 Ficus tomentosa Roxb. ex Willd. Moraceae Tree

239 Fimbristylis cymosa R.Br. Pulupu gaddi Cyperaceae Sedge

240 Fimbristylis dichotoma (L.) Vahl Cyperaceae Sedge

241 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Kanaregu Salicaceae Tree

242 Flueggea leucopyrus Willd. Phyllanthaceae Shrub

243 Gardenia latifolia Aiton Pedda karinga Rubiaceae Tree

244 Gardenia resinifera Roth Karinga Rubiaceae Tree

245 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Garugu Burseraceae Tree

246 Getonia floribunda Roxb. Bontha teega Combretaceae Climber

247 Gisekia pharnaceoides L. Isaka dintikura Aizoaceae Herb

248 Glycosmis pentaphylla (Retz.) DC. Golimi Rutaceae Shrub 249 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gummadi teku Lamiaceae Tree

250 Gmelina asiatica L. Salla gummidi Lamiaceae Tree

251 Gomphrena serrata L. Tella bendumalli Amaranthaceae Herb

252 Grewia damine Gaertn. Tiliaceae Tree

253 Grewia flavescens Juss. Jana Malvaceae Shrub

254 Grewia hirsuta Vahl Jana Malvaceae Shrub

255 Grewia rothii DC. Pedda chipuru Malvaceae Tree

256 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Thada Malvaceae Tree

257 Gymnosporia emarginata (Willd.) Danti Celastraceae Shrub

258 Gymnosporia montana (Roth) Benth. Danti Celastraceae Shrub

259 Gynura lycopersicifolia DC. - Asteraceae Herb

260 Gyrocarpus americanus Jacq. Poliki Hernandiaceae Tree

261 Hardwickia binata Roxb. Yepi Leguminosae Tree

262 Helicteres isora L. Chamanara Malvaceae Shrub

263 Heliotropium indicum L. Nagadanti Boraginaceae Herb

264 Heliotropium ovalifolium Forssk. Boraginaceae Herb

265 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. ex Schult.

Sugandipala Apocynaceae Climber

266 Herissantia crispa (L.) Brizicky Malvaceae Shrub



3 - 73

267 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Poaceae Grass

268 Hibiscus micranthus L.f. Nityamalli Malvaceae Herb

269 Holarrhena pubescens Wall. ex G.Don Tedla pala Apocynaceae Tree

270 Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Nemali chettu Ulmaceae Tree

271 Hugonia mystax Cav. Kakibira Linaceae Shrub

272 Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell. Ratna purusa Violaceae Herb

273 Hygrophila auriculata (Schumach.) Heine

Mundla gobbi Acanthaceae Herb

274 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Simathulasi Lamiaceae Herb

275 Imperata cylindrica (L.) Raeusch. Darba gaddi Poaceae Grass

276 Indigofera cassioides DC. Sirali Leguminosae Herb

277 Indigofera colutea (Burm.f.) Merr. Nakkenaru Leguminosae Herb

278 Indigofera cordifolia Roth Leguminosae Herb

279 Indigofera hirsuta L. Kolapattitulu Leguminosae Herb

280 Indigofera linifolia (L.f.) Retz. Leguminosae Herb

281 Indigofera linnaei Ali Cheragadam Leguminosae Herb

282 Indigofera prostrata Willd. Leguminosae Herb

283 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Thutu Convolvulacae Shrub

284 Ipomoea hederifolia L. Nalla kokita Convolvulaceae Herb

285 Ipomoea nil (L.) Roth Convolvulacae Climber

286 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. Kasirathnam Convolvulaceae Herb

287 Ipomoea purpurea (L.) Roth Kaarukolli Convolvulaceae Herb

288 Ipomoea violacea L. Convolvulacae Climber

289 Iseilema laxum Hack. Nalla kokita Convolvulaceae Herb

290 Ixora pavetta Roxb. Korivi Cheetu Rubiaceae Tree

291 Jasminum arborescens Roxb. Garuda malli Oleaceae Shrub

292 Jasminum cuspidatum Rottl. & Willd. Adavi malli Oleaceae Shrub

293 Jatropha curcas L. Nepalam Euphorbiaceae Shrub

294 Jatropha gossypiifolia L. Seema nepalamu Euphorbiaceae Herb

295 Justicia adhatoda L. Addasaram Acanthaceae Shrub

296 Justicia betonica L. Acanthaceae Shrub

297 Justicia glauca Rottler Tellarantu Acanthaceae Herb

298 Justicia procumbens L. Acanthaceae Herb

299 Justicia prostrata Gamble Kondapindi Acanthaceae Herb

300 Kavalama urens (Roxb.) Raf. Jeelugu Arecaceae Tree

301 Kyllinga nemoralis (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Dandy ex Hutch. & Dalziel

Cyperaceae Herb



3 - 74

302 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Chennangi Lythraceae Tree

303 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr. Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree

304 Lantana camara L. Gajupulu Verbenaceae Shrub

305 Lawsonia inermis L. Gorintaku Lythraceae Shrub

306 Leonotis nepetifolia (L.) R.Br. Ranaberi Lamiaceae Herb

307 Leptadenia reticulata (Retz.) Wight & Arn.

Mukkupala teega Apocynaceae Climber

308 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Tummi Lamiaceae Herb

309 Leucas cephalotes (Roth) Spreng. Lamiaceae Herb

310 Leucas hirta (B.Heyne ex Roth) Spreng.

Thummi Lamiaceae Herb

311 Limonia acidissima Groff Velaga Rutaceae Tree

312 Lindernia anagallis (Burm.f.) Pennell Scrophulariaceae Herb

313 Lindernia crustacea (L.) F.Muell. - Scrophulariaceae Herb

314 Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B.Rob. Naramamidi Lauraceae Tree

315 Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae Herb

316 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel. Ippa Sapotaceae Tree

317 Magnolia champaca (L.) Baill. ex Pierre

Sampangi Mgnoliaceae Tree

318 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Müll.Arg. Sindhuram Euphorbiaceae Tree

319 Malvastrum coromandelianum (L.) Garcke

Malvaceae Herb

320 Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree

321 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dubard Palachettu Sapotaceae Tree

322 Marsilea quadrifolia L. Marseliaceae Herb

323 Martynia annua L. Martyniaceae Shrub

324 Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding Hou

Danti Celastraceae Shrub

325 Melia azedarach L. White cedar Meliaceae Tree

326 Memecylon edule Roxb. Alli Melastomataceae Tree

327 Merremia emarginata (Burm. f.) Hallier f.

Convolvulaceae Herb

328 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Suraputiga Convolvulaceae Herb

329 Mimosa polyancistra Benth. Thumma Leguminosae

330 Mimosa pudica L. Athipathi Leguminosae Herb

331 Mimosa rubicaulis Lam. Korundam Leguminosae Climber

332 Mimusops elengi L. Pogada Sapotaceae Tree



3 - 75

333 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Nirukadambam Rubiaceae Tree

334 Mollugo cerviana (L.) Ser. Molluginaceae Herb

335 Mollugo nudicaulis Lam. Verri chitarasi Aizoaceae Herb

336 Mollugo pentaphylla L. Pedda paripata Aizoaceae Herb

337 Momordica charantia L. Verri chatarasi Aizoaceae Herb

338 Morinda coreia Buch.-Ham. Thogaru Rubiaceae Tree

339 Moringa oleifera Lam. Munaga Moringaceae Tree

340 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Duradagondi Leguminosae Climber

341 Murraya koenigii Karivepa Rutaceae Tree

342 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson Torru velaga Rutaceae Tree

343 Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.) Bosser Kadamba Rubiaceae Tree

344 Nerium oleander L. Ganneru Apocynaceae Shrub

345 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. Parijatham Oleaceae Tree

346 Ochna obtusata DC. Tammi Ochnaceae Tree

347 Ocimum americanum L. Kukka tulasi Lamiaceae Herb

348 Ocimum gratissimum L. Rama tulasi Lamiaceae Herb

349 Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Tulasi Lamiaceae Herb

350 Olax scandens Roxb. Olacaceae Climber

351 Oldenlandia corymbosa L. Rubiaceae Herb

352 Oldenlandia herbacea (L.) Roxb. Rubiaceae Herb

353 Oldenlandia umbellata L. Chiruveru Rubiaceae Herb

354 Oplismenus burmannii (Retz.) P.Beauv. Poaceae Grass

355 Opuntia dillenii (Ker Gawl.) Haw. Nagajemudu Cactaceae Shrub

356 Opuntia elatior Mill. Cactaceae Shrub

357 Oxalis corniculata L. Puli chinta Oxalidaceae Herb

358 Panicum repens L. Poaceae Grass

359 Panicum sumatrense Roth Ladda gaddi Poaceae Grass

360 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Vayyaribhama Compositae Herb

361 Passiflora edulis Sims Fashion fruit Passifloraceae Climber

362 Pavetta indica L. Kolimi Rubiaceae Tree

363 Pavetta tomentosa Roxb. ex Sm. Tella papidi Rubiaceae Shrub

364 Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Karubenda Malvaceae Herb

365 Pedalium murex L. Yenugu palleru Padaliaceae Herb

366 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) K.Heyne

Kondachinta Leguminosae Tree

367 Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Dustapu teega Apocynaceae Climber

368 Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze Nakkatoka Poaceae Grass



3 - 76

369 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chitti eetha Arecaceae Shrub

370 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Eetha Arecaceae Tree

371 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Pindi pulla Phyllanthaceae Shrub

372 Phyllanthus emblica L. Usiri Phyllanthaceae Tree

373 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. Nalla usirika Phyllanthaceae Herb

374 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Pulasari Phyllanthaceae Herb

375 Phyllanthusamarus Schumach. & Thonn.

Nela usiri Phyllanthaceae Herb

376 Physalis minima L. Budama Solanaceae Herb

377 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Chima chinta Leguminosae Tree

378 Plumbago zeylanica L. Chitramulamu Plumbaginaceae Herb

379 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Bedd. Dudduga Annonaceae Tree 380 Polyalthia suberosa (Roxb.) Thwaites Chilka dudduga Annonaceae Tree

381 Polycarpaea corymbosa (L.) Lam. Bommasari Caryophyllaceae Herb

382 Polygala chinensis L. Polygalaceae Herb

383 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Kanuga Leguminosae Tree

384 Portulaca oleracea L. Pappukura Portulacaceae Herb

385 Portulaca quadrifida L. Goddu pavali Portulacaceae Herb

386 Premna latifolia Roxb. Kokkitha Lamiaceae Tree

387 Premna tomentosa Willd. Nelli Lamiaceae Tree

388 Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stuntz Jammi Leguminosae Tree

389 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Sarkaru Thumma Leguminosae Tree


Bhusi Burseraceae Tree

391 Pseudarthria viscida (L.) Wight & Arn. Muyak Leguminosae Herb

392 Psidium guajava L. Jama Myrtaceae Tree

393 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Yegisa Leguminosae Tree


Lolugu Malvaceae Tree

395 Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss. Thella uttareni Amaranthaceae Herb

396 Pycreus flavidus (Retz.) T.Koyama Cyperaceae Sedge 397 Pyrenacantha volubilis Hook. Icacinaceae Climber

398 Reissantia indica (Willd.) N.Hallé Celastraceae Climber

399 Rhynchosia beddomei Baker Leguminosae Herb

400 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Leguminosae Herb

401 Rivea hypocrateriformis Choisy Bodditeega Convolvulacae Climber

402 Rotheca serrata (L.) Steane & Mabb. Lamiaceae Shrub 403 Rothia indica (L.) Druce Leguminosae Herb



3 - 77

404 Ruellia tuberosa L. Jurbula gadda Acanthaceae Herb

405 Rungia repens (L.) Nees Acanthaceae Herb

406 Saccharum spontaneum L. Rella gaddi Poaceae Grass

407 Salvadora persica L. Pailu Salvadoraceae Shrub

408 Sansevieria roxburghiana Schult. & Schult.f.

Nelakithalu Asparagaceae Herb

409 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl Kunkudu Sapindaceae Tree

410 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Merr. Erra bhusi Sapindaceae Tree

411 Scoparia dulcis L. Potti boli Plantaginaceae Herb

412 Semecarpus anacardium L.f. Nalla jeedi Anacardiaceae Tree

413 Senna alata (L.) Roxb. Leguminosae Shrub

414 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Tangedu Leguminosae Shrub

415 Senna occidentalis (L.) Link Kasinta Caesalpinaceae Herb

416 Senna tora (L.) Roxb. Tantemu Leguminosae Herb

417 Sesuvium portulacastrum (L.) L. Thikka kura Aizoaceae Herb

418 Sida acuta Burm.f. Medabirusaku Malvaceae Herb

419 Sida cordifolia L. Gayapaku Malvaceae Herb

420 Sida spinosa L. Nagabala Malvaceae Herb

421 Solanum anguivi Lam. Chiru benda Malvaceae Herb

422 Solanum surattense Burm. f. Nela vakudu Solanaceae Herb

423 Solanum torvum Sw. Vusti Solanaceae Shrub

424 Solanum virginianum L. Vakabu Solanaceae Herb

425 Sonchus oleraceus (L.) L. Vusti Compositae Herb

426 Soymida febrifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. Somitha Meliaceae Tree

427 Spermacoce hispida L. Rubiaceae Herb

428 Spermacoce neohispida Govaerts Madanaku Rubiaceae Herb

429 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Compositae Herb

430 Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (L.) Vahl Verbenaceae Herb

431 Streblus asper Lour. Baranika Moraceae Tree

432 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Mushidi Loganiaceae Tree

433 Strychnos potatorum L.f. Mushidi Loganiaceae Tree

434 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree

435 Tamarindus indica L. Chinta Leguminosae Tree

436 Tamarix indica Willd. Rajilai Tamaricacreae Shrub

437 Tamilnadia uliginosa (Retz.) Tirveng. & Sastre

Nalla manga Rubiaceae Tree

438 Tectona grandis L.f. Teku Lamiaceae Tree

439 Tephrosia pumila (Lam.) Pers. Nugu vempali Leguminosae Herb



3 - 78

440 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Leguminosae Herb

441 Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers. Leguminosae Herb

442 Teramnus labialis (L.f.) Spreng. Masha parni Leguminosae Herb

443 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.) Wight & Arn.

Tella maddi Combretaceae Tree

444 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Thadi chettu Combretaceae Tree

445 Terminalia catappa L. Baadam Combretaceae Tree

446 Terminalia chebula Retz. Karaka Combretaceae Tree

447 Terminalia tomentosa Wight & Arn. Nalla maddi Combretaceae Tree

448 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corrêa Ganga raavi Malvaceae Tree

449 Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.) Kuntze Konda cheepuru gaddi

Poaceae Grass

450 Tiliacora acuminata Miers Kappa teega Menispermaceae Climber

451 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers Tippa teega Menispermaceae Climber

452 Tragia involucrata L. Duradagondi Euphorbiaceae Herb

453 Trema orientalis (L.) Blume Boggu chettu Ulmaceae Tree

454 Trianthema portulacastrum L. Galijeru Aizoaceae Herb

455 Trianthema triquetra Rottler & Willd. Kukka palakoora Aizoaceae Herb 456 Tribulus terrestris L. Palleru Zygophyllaceae Herb

457 Trichodesma indicum (L.) Lehm. Guvva gutti Boraginaceae Herb

458 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Gaddichamanti Compositae Herb

459 Triumfetta pentandra A.Rich. Chirusitrika Malvaceae Herb

460 Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. Chiru sitrika Malvaceae Herb

461 Tylophora indica (Burm. f.) Merr. Kakapala Apocynaceae Herb

462 Typha domingensis Pers. Jammu Typhaceae Herb

463 Urena lobata L. Nalla benda Malvaceae Herb

464 Urochloa panicoides P.Beauv. Salla wudu Poaceae Herb

465 Vanda tessellata (Roxb.) Hook. ex G.Don

Orchidaceae Herb

466 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Sahadevi Compositae Herb

467 Vigna trilobata (L.) Verdc. Pillipeasara Leguminosae Herb

468 Vitex altissima L.f. Lamiaceae Tree

469 Vitex negundo L. Vaavili Lamiaceae Tree

470 Waltheria indica L. Nallabenda Malvaceae Herb

471 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz Jeguru Lythraceae Shrub

472 Wrightia tinctoria R.Br. Ankudu Apocynaceae Tree

473 Xanthium strumarium L. Marula mathangi Compositae Herb

474 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. Konda tangini Leguminosae Tree



3 - 79

475 Ziziphus jujuba Mill. Regu Rhamnaceae Tree

476 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Climber

477 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Gotti chettu Rhamnaceae Tree

Fauna in the study area

Mammals

The fauna evaluated to gain insight in the following respects for species of carnivore,

ungulates, non-human primates, birds, reptiles, amphibians and butterflies. As many as 13

species (Table 3.22) of wild animals (mammals) were seen inhabiting the study area.

Table 3.22. List of wildlife found in the study area

Scientific name Common name Family IWPA 1972 Act Status

IUCN status

Canis aureus indicus Indian Jackal Canidae Schedule II Least Concern

Herpestis javanicus Common Indian Mpngoose

Herpestidae Schedule II Least Concern

Rhinopoma hardwickii Lesser Mouse - Tailed Bat

Chiroptera Schedule V Least Concern

Cynopterus sphinx Short-Nosed fruit bat Chiroptera Schedule V Least Concern

Taphazous melanopogon Black-bearded tomb bat Chiroptera Schedule V Least Concern

Hipposideros speoris Schmeider's Leaf-Nose Bat

Chiroptera Schedule V Least Concern

Lepus nigricollis Black-naped Hare Leporidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Bendicota benghalensis Indian Mole rat Muridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Bendicota indica Bandicoot rat Muridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Mus booduga Little Indian Filed Mouse

Muridae Schedule V Least Concern

Mus musculus Houise mouse Muridae Schedule V Least Concern

Rattus rattus House rat Muridae Schedule V Least Concern

Funambulus palmarum Three stripes palm squirrel

Sciuridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Source: Primary data and secondary data from AP Forest Department

Reference: Vivek Menon (2014). Indian Mammals: A field guideHachette Book

Publishing India Pvt Ltd, Gurgoan, India.pp:1-522; IUCN(2015). The IUCN Redlist of

threatened species. Version2015-4; Schedules I-VI, Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.



3 - 80

Avifauna

The avifauna is very well represented in and around study area within 10km radius of the

proposed project. The investigators come across 82 bird species (Table 6) during the study

period. Species of conservation significance includes those listed, as in the IUCN Redlist

Category and Schedule I of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972.

Table 3.23. List of Avian species found in and around proposed project

Scientific name Common name Family IWPA 1972 Act status

IUCN Status

Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrow Hawk

Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Accipiter virgatus Besra Sparrow Hawk Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Aegithina tiphia Common lora Aegithinidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Alcedininae Schedule IV Least Concern

Anthus rufulus Paddy pipet Motacilladae Schedule IV Least Concern

Apus affinis House Swift Apodidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ardea intermedia Medium Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ardea laba Large Egrets Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Scolopacidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant Curculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Cerylidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Charadrius alexandrines Kentish Plovers Charadriide Schedule IV Least Concern

Charadrius hiaticula Ringed Plover Charadriide Schedule IV Least Concern

Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Cisticola juncidis Streaked Fantail Warbler

Cisticolidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Columba livia Rock Pigeon Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin

Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Coraciiformsac bengalensis

Indian Roller Coraciiformesidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift Apodidae Schedule IV Least Concern



3 - 81

Delichon urbicum Northern House Martin

Hirumdinidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Dendrocitta formosae Grey Treepie Corvidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Dicruridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Dinopium benghalense Lesser Golden Backed Woodpecker

Picidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Elanus caeruleus Black Shouldered Kite

Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Eremopterix grisea Ashy crowned Sparrow Lark

Alaudidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Euodice malabarica White throated Munia Estrildidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Francolinus pondicerianus

Grey Patridge Phasianidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Fulica atra Common coot Rallidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Gallinago gallinago Common snipe Scolopacidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt Recurvirostridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Hirundo daurica Red Rumped Swallows

Hirumdinidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Hydrophasianus chirurgus

Pheasant Tailed Jacana

Jacanidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Lanius cristatus Brown shrike Laniidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Leptocoma zeylanica Purple Rumped Sunbird

Nectariniidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Lonchura atricapilla Black Headed Munia Estrildidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Lonchura punctulata Spotted Munia Estrildidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Megalaina haemacephala Copper Smith Barbet Megalaimidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Merops orientalis Small Bee Eater Meropidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Metopedius indicus Bronze Winged Jacana

Jacanidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Milvus migrans Black Kite Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacilladae Schedule IV Least Concern

Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Motacilladae Schedule IV Least Concern

Motacilla flava Yellow Wgatail Motacilladae Schedule IV Least Concern

Motacilla maderaspatensis

Pied Wagtail Motacilladae Schedule IV Least Concern

Nettapus coromandelianus

Cotton Teal Anatidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Nyctyornis athertoni Blue tailed Bee eaters Meropidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Ocyceros birostris Grey Hornbills Bucerotidae Schedule IV Least Concern



3 - 82

Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole

Oriolodae Schedule IV Least Concern

Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae Schedule IV Least Concern

Pellorneum ruficeps Puff-throated Babbler Pellorneidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Pericrocotus cinnamomeus

Small Minivet Campephagidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet Campephagidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Prinia hodgsonii Grey Breasted Prinia Cisticolidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Psittacula krameri Rose ringed Parakeet Psittacidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Saxicola caprata Pied Bush chat Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sterna hirundo Common Terns Sternidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove

Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Streptopelia orientalis Spoted Dove Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Streptopelia turtur Turtle Doves Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy starlings Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sturnus vulgaris Common Starling Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sylvia althea Lessre Whitethroat Sylviidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sylvia communis Common Whitethroat Sylviidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Sylvia nana Desert Warbler Sylviidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe Podicipedidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Tephrodornis pondicerianus

Common Wood Shrike

Prionopidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Turdoides caudate Common Babbler Timaliidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babblers Timaliidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Timaliidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Upupa epops Hoopoe Upupidae Schedule IV Least Concern

Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing Charadriide Schedule IV Least Concern

Source:

Ali S and Ripley SD. 1969. Hand Book of the birds of India and Pakistan together with

those of Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan and Ceylon,3. Stone Culews to Owls. Oxford University

Press, Bombay, 327 pp.



3 - 83

Birdlife International 2012. In: IUCN 2012. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version

2012.2. www.iucnredlist.org

Grimmett R, Inskipp C and Inskip T. 2001. Pocket Guides to the Birds of the Indian

Subcontinent. Cristopher Hel Publishers, Oxford University Press 384 pp.

Reptiles, Amphibians and Butterflies

The reptilian species are generally warm blooded and they hibernate during summary

season they are abundantly seen in rainy and summer seasons. As many as 14 species of

Reptiles were seen inhabiting the study area. Five species of Amphibians and 18 species

of Butterflies are recorded in the study area. During the present survey there is no any

threatened/endangered species (IUCN-Vulnerable category) has been recorded in the study

area.

Table 3.24. List of Reptiles found in and around the mining site

Scientific name Common name IWPA, 1972 status IUCN Status

Achaetulla nasutus Green whip snake Least Concern

Naja naja Indian Cobra Schedule II Least Concern

Dendrelaphis tristis Tree snake Schedule IV Least Concern

Ptyas mucosus Common Rat snake Schedule II Least Concern

Amphiesma stolata Buffstriped keelback Schedule IV Least Concern

Trimeresurus gramineus

Green Pit wiper Schedule IV Least Concern

Typhlops hypomethes Common blind snake Schedule IV Least Concern

Enhydris enhydris Common smooth water snake

Least Concern

Chameleon zelanicus Chameleon Schedule II Vulnerable

Mabuya carinata Common Skink Schedule IV Least Concern

Calotes rouxi Forest calottes Schedule IV Least Concern

Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard Schedule IV Least Concern

Hemidactylus brooki House Gecko Schedule IV Least Concern

Hemidactylus forenatus

Southern House Gecko Schedule IV Least Concern

Table 3.25. List of Amphibian species

Scientific name Common name IWPA, 1972 Status IUCN Status

Bufo melanosticus Common toad Schedule IV Least Concern

Rana hexadactyla Common green frog Schedule IV Least Concern



3 - 84

Rana leptodactyla Small frog Schedule IV Least Concern

Rana tigrina Bullfrog Schedule IV Least Concern

Rhacophorus maculatus Common tree frog Schedule IV Least Concern

Table 3.26. List of butterflies

Scientific name Common name

Acraea violae Tawny coster

Danas chrysippus Plain Tiger

Danas genutia Striped Tiger

Euploea core Common Crow

Phalanta phalanta Common Leopard

Precis lemonias Lemon Pansy

Precis orythia Blue Pansy

Chilades laius Lime Blue

Everes lacturnus Indian Cupid

Freyeria trochylus Grass Jewel

Jamides celeno Common Cerulean

Tarucus nara Rounded Pierrot

Colotis etrida Small or Little Orage trip

Colotis eucharis Plain Orange Tip

Catopsilia Pomona Common Emigrant

Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow

Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly

Papilio polytes Common Mormon

Sources: Indraneil Das (2002). Snakes and other Reptiles in India.New Holland Publishers

(UK) Ltd pp. 1-44; Romulus Whitaker and Ashok Captain (2006). Snakes of India; Dreko

Books, Chennai, pp1-146; IUCN Redlist Threatened Species. Version 2015-4; Schedule I

to Vi: Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972.

As many as 15 species of mammals, 98 species of birds, 18 species of Butterflies, 15

species of Reptiles and 5 species amphibians were recorded in the study area of proposed

project mine dyring the survey. During the present survey, there is no any Schedule I

species has been recorded in the vicinity of the proposed project.



3 - 85

Aquatic Flora

There are streams and several village tanks on all sides within the 10 Km buffer zone. Most

tanks were either totally or partially dry during the period of survey. Apart from the streams

and the tanks, paddy fields and a few stagnant water ponds also represent the aquatic

environment. In addition to these village tanks, drains, and paddy fields provide the

aquatic habitat for a variety of very common aquatic plants and animals. All the

species listed in Table 3.27 study area only.

Table 3.27. List of aquatic / semi aquatic macrophytes found in the study area

Scientific name Family Status

Ammania baccifera Lythraceae Very common medicinal plant

Brachiaria mutica Poaceae Sporadic

Carex cruciata Cyperaceae Occasional

Centella asiatica Apiaceae In localized patches

Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae Occasional

Cyperus pangorei Cyperaceae Scattered

Echinochloa colona Poaceae Occasional

Echinochloa stagnina Poaceae Occasional

Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Extensive and widespread

Ipomoea aquatic Convolvulaceae Extensive and widespread

Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Occasional

Marsilia quadrifoliata Marsiliaceae Very common Pteridophyte

Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae Very common

Nymphaea nauchali Nympheaceae Widely scattered

Nymphoides indica Nympheaceae Scattered

Sacharum spontaneum Poaceae Common

Phragmites karka Cyperaceae Occasional

Pistia stratoides Araceae Widespread

Typha angustata Typhaceae Extensive and widespread

Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

In general, phytoplankton and zooplankton population was low in the water bodies.

Different species from various groups of Phytoplankton & Zooplankton were given in

Tables 3.28 & 3.29.



3 - 86

Table 3.28. Freshwater Phytoplankton from the study area

S. No. Group Species

1

Bacillariophyceae

Diatoma sp.

Gomphonema sp.

Navicula sp.

Nitzschia sp.

Ankistrodesmus sp.

Chlorococcum sp.

Chlorella sp.

2

Chlorophyceae

Closterium sp.

Pandorina sp.

Anabaena sp.

Anacystis sp.

Spirulina sp.

3

Cyanophyceae

Merismopedia sp.

Phormidium sp.

Euglena sp.

4 Euglenophycea Phacus sp.

Table 3.29. Freshwater Zooplankton from the Study Area

S. No. Group Species

1

Copepoda Cyclops sp.

Pseudocyclops sp.

Nauplius larva

2

Rotifera

Asplanchna sp.

Brachionus sp.

Conochilus sp

Keratella tropica

Trichocera sp.

3 Cladocera Daphnia sp.

Diaphanosoma sp.

Fishes

The primary study reveals that, potential fishing activities do not exist in the study area

during summer season as water gets dry in stagnant water bodies and ponds during summer.

The aquatic habitats consist of Vamsadara canal; streams, ditches and water logged areas



3 - 87

were represented by fin-fish (fishes), shell-fish (mollusk) and prawns (crustaceans) of

seasonal varieties. Some commercial fishing takes place in the ponds and sold in the local

market. As per information collected from the Fishery Department, Commercial fish fauna

found in the area is I) Catla (Catla catla) ii) Rohu (Labeo rohita) iii) Mrigal (Cirrhinus

mrigala) and iv) Kalbasu (Labeo kalbasu). Total fishes listed in the Table 3.30.

Table 3.30. Checklist of fishes in the study area

Common name Scientific name

Catla Catla catla

Rohu Labeo rohita

Murrel Channa striatus

Wallago Wallago attu

Cat fish Mystus vittatus

Cat fish Hetyeropneustes fossilis

Spiny eel Mastesembalus armatus

Prawn Macrobrachium rosenberghii

Prawn Macrobrachium malcolmsonii

Giant prech Lates calcarifer

Silonia Silonia silonia

Pearl spot Etroplus suratensis

Eel Anguilla sp

Gobies Glassogobius giuris

Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala

3.12 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Overview

This report presents the socio-economic impact assessment (SIA), as part of the EIA for

the mining Project. The socio-economic baseline focuses on demographic patterns of socio

economic conditions and livelihood profile and infrastructure facilities in the study area.

Based on the data that is collected in this section, the socio economic impact assessment

will envisage and evaluate any potential impacts of the mining project on the local

community, livelihoods and other social systems.

The key aims and objectives of the socio-economic study included:



3 - 88

To provide an accurate representation of the social, economic and cultural conditions

in existing project location - within the limits of Chimmaldenne Sridhar, quarry lease

for Colour Granite in Sy. No. 1, of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam

District, Andhra Pradesh.

To identify the potential socio-economic positive and negative impacts of the mining

project; and

To develop management and monitoring measures to be implemented throughout the

life of the project.

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of a review of available

secondary sources of information as well as select primary consultations in the vicinity of

the project area. In addition, a sample survey of 66 people were participated from various

demographical aspects to know the socio economic livelihood, awareness of the project

and community perceptions about the mining project and other related information.

Brief profile of the District

The District is skirted to a distance by Vamsadhara, Nagavali, and Bahuda rivers at certain

stretches of their courses white a line of heights of the great Eastern Ghats run from North

East. Vizianagaram District flanks in the south and west while Orissa bounds it on the north

and Bay of Bengal on the East .The total area of the District is 5837 Sq. Kms. The District

derived its name from Srikakulam its headquarters town. Srikakulam District was carved

out in 1950 by bifurcating it from Visakhapatnam District; it remained unaffected in its

territorial jurisdiction for quite some time. But in November, 1969 the District lost 63

Villages from Saluru Taluk and 44 Villages from Bobbili Taluk on account of their transfer

to the then newly constituted Gajapathinagaram Taluk of Visakhapatnam District. Again

in May, 1979, the District had undergone major territorial changes on account of the

formation of new District with head quarters at Vizianagaram which involved transfer of

Saluru, Bobbili, Parvathipuram and Cheepurupalli Taluks to the new District. The total

area of the District is 5837 Sq Km. The district has a long coastal lieu of about 193 Km.



3 - 89

Administrative set up

Administratively, the district is divided into three Revenue Divisions viz.,

Srikakulam, Palakonda and Tekkali with 38 Revenue Mandals and equal number

of Mandal Parishads comprising of 1870 villages of which 1757 are inhabited.

There are 11 semi-Urban areas which 5 Municipalities and 1101 are gram

panchayats. Revenue divisions are headed by RDOs whereas Mandal and Mandal

Parishads are lead by MROs and MDOs respectively. The district collector is

overall administrative head of the district.

District at a glance:

S.No Particular Year Unit Statistics

1 Geographical features

(A) Geographical Data

i) Latitude 2011 degrees 18-20 &19-10

ii) Longitude 2011 degrees 83-5 & 84-50

iii) Geographical Area 2011 Hectares 5,83,700

(B) Administrative Units

i) Sub divisions 2011 Nos. 3

ii) Tehsils/Mandals 2011 Nos. 38

iii) Sub-Tehsil 2011

iv) Patwar Circle 2011

v) Panchayat Simitis 2011

vi)Nagar nigam 2011

vii) Nagar Palika 2011

viii) Gram Panchayats 2011 Nos. 1,101

xi) Revenue villages 2011 Nos. 1,870

x) Assembly Area 2011 Nos. 10

2 Population

(A) Sex-wise

i) Male 2011 Nos. 13,40,430



3 - 90

ii) Female 2011 Nos. 13,59,041

(B) Rural Population 2011 Nos. 22,59,000

3 Agriculture

A Land utilization

i) Total Area 2010-11 Hectare 5,83,700

ii) Forest cover 2010-11 “ 68,641

iii) Non Agriculture Land

2010-11 “ 99,269

v) cultivable Barren land 2010-11 “ 659

4 Forest

(i) Forest 2010-11 Ha. 68,641

5 Livestock & Poultry

A Cattle

i) Cows 2007 Nos. 8,07,235

ii) Buffaloes 2007 Nos. 1,25,958

B Other livestock

i) Goats/Sheep 2007 Nos. 6,88,687

ii) Pigs 2007 Nos. 10,350

iii) Dogs & Bitches 2007 Nos. 200

Source: http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/srikakulam%20profile%20.pdf

Agriculture/ Crop study

The agricultural sector in Srikakulam district has good potential to grow. With nearly two-

thrid of the cropped area covered by irrigation and the incidence of high rainfall, both the

irrigated and rain fed crops can do well in the district. The soils are quite diverse and can

support a broad range of crops. Paddy, sugarcane, groundnut and sesamum are important

crops grown in the district. With the augmentation of irrigation resources by the

Jalayagnam projects, there is good scope for expansion of irrigated area and increases in

crop yields. With the output price situation being favorable, the profitability of crops is

likely to increase.



3 - 91

The principal crops are bifurcated into Cereals, Pulses, Oilseeds and other crops. Of which

under cereals Rice, Bajra and Raagi are the prominent crops of the district. Green gram,

Horse Gram and Black gram are the prominent Pulses; Groundnut, Sesamum, and Coconut

are the prominent oil-seeds of the district. Cotton, Sugarcane and cashewnut are the other

prominent crops; Mangoes, Acid Lime, Behndi, Brinjal, Green leafy vegetables and

Tomatoes are the important vegetables and fruits of the district.

The cropping pattern of the district varies from one situation to another due to different

agro-climatic conditions. The major crops grown in the district during kharif are Rice,

Groundnut, Bajra, Sesamum, Mesta, Sugarcane, Cotton and Major crops grown during rabi

are Paddy, Groundnut, Sunflower, Sesamum, Green gram, Black gram, Horse gram.

The field crops dominate the area allocation with a share of 86.2 per cent. The horticulture

crops have 13% of the total area under them. Others have a 0.8 per cent share only in the

total area under crops. The area increase in rice mainly depends on the inflows of water in

to the rivers and timely rainfall received from monsoons. The maximum area under rice

during 2006-07 was 1.94 lakh ha, which is 41% higher than that recorded in the year 2002-

03 (1.53 lakh ha). The area under maize and sunflower is increasing due to good returns

obtained from them under irrigated dry conditions.

In Srikakulam district, irrigated area is allocated during kharif season only for rice and

sugarcane. But even these two crops are also cultivated under rain fed condition. All other

crops like bajra, maize, ragi, groundnut, sesamum and mesta are exclusively grown under

rain fed condition. While only 14.4% of the rice area is grown under rain fed condition,

58.3% of sugarcane area is grown under rain fed condition. There is no response to

irrigation as the yields of both rice as well as sugarcane are reported to be the same under

irrigated and rain fed conditions.

During the rabi season, only green gram and black gram are grown under rain fed condition

in rice fallows. All other crops including rice, ragi, maize, groundnut, sesamum and

sunflower are grown under only irrigation. The rice yield is less in rabi season when

compared to that under kharif season. But the yield of maize and ragi are higher in rabi



3 - 92

season than in kharif season. In case of groundnut and sunflower also, rabi yields are higher

than those reported for kharif season. The yield of sesamum did not differ much between

the two seasons. Crops such as groundnut, sesame, mesta, jowar, bajra, red gram and, to

some extent, paddy and sugarcane are grown under rainfed conditions. The crops grown

during Kharif mainly depend on south-west monsoon and the crops grown during rabi

depend on north- east monsoon as well as on residual moisture available in the soil. Nearly

0.617 lakh ha is under rain fed agriculture out of the total cropped area of 2.93 lakh ha.

There are 675 agro service centres in Srikakulam district. All of them deal in seeds

fertilizers in pesticides. The maximum number of service centres is recorded in Srikakulam

ADA circle and it is followed by Narasannapeta and Ranasthalam ADA circles. The least

number of service centres is noted in Somepeta ADA circle, followed by Kothuru and

Palasa ADA circles. The branch of AGROS in the district supplies farm equipments and

machinery to the farmers in the entire district. No service centres deal with irrigation

equipment in the district. There is no agriculture consultancy agency or for providing

diagnostic services in the district.

Area Coverage under different crops (Ha.)

180392

1430035479

7300

1265

31577

39870

12541

1482

12423

12735

Rice

Sugarcane

Groundnut

Sesamum

Sunflower

Greengram

Blackgram

Horsegram

Redgram

Mesta

Other Agril. Crops



3 - 93

Demographical details of the study area

Nandigama Mandal, with population of about 56 thousand is Srikakulam district's the 10th

least populous sub district, located in Srikakulam district of the state Andhra Pradesh in

India. There are 101 villages in the sub district, among them Nandigam is the most

populous village with population of 4180 and Santhoshapuram is the least populous village

with population of 2. Bellukola is the biggest village in the sub district with an area of 8

Km2 and population 246.

Table 3.31 Demographical details as per 2011 census

Description Nandigama Mandal

Population 56,443

Children (0-6 years) 5,709

Literacy 53.77%

Sex Ratio 1014

Scheduled Caste 12.18%

Scheduled Tribe 5.71%

Source: https://www.censusindia2011.com/andhra-pradesh/srikakulam/nandigama-population.html

Population distribution

The Mandal is home to about 56 thousand people, among them about 28 thousand (50%)

are male and about 28 thousand (50%) are female. 82% of the whole population are from

general caste, 12% are from schedule caste and 6% are schedule tribes. Child (aged under

6 years) population of Nandigam mandal is 10%, among them 51% are boys and 49% are

girls. There are about 14 thousand households in the sub district and an average 4 persons

live in every family. 100% population of Nandigam mandal live in the Nandigam rural part.



3 - 94

Religion wise distribution of population

Hindus contribute 99% of the total population and are the largest religious community in

the sub district. Female Sex ratios per 1000 male in Hindus are 1014.



3 - 95

Table 3.32 Population details of the Nandigama Mandal

Name No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT P_ILL

Nandigam 14090 56443 28032 28411 5709 6873 3223 30351 26092

Tamalapuram 94 394 192 202 43 64 0 142 252

Deenabandupuram 191 850 437 413 106 16 0 470 380

Savarakothuru 35 172 84 88 17 0 165 80 92

Beniavooru 12 52 24 28 3 0 51 25 27

Savararampuram 41 171 85 86 12 0 119 78 93

Peddaguruvooru 76 270 126 144 30 0 263 144 126

Chinnaguruvuru 22 89 44 45 8 0 82 52 37

Saradapuram 55 246 126 120 21 26 6 138 108

Badagam 229 853 418 435 74 104 121 461 392

Agarlagokarla Palle 46 192 88 104 26 53 0 91 101

Jadyada 197 770 383 387 73 182 24 429 341

Kothagraharam 308 1266 624 642 129 3 0 682 584

Thotaneela Puram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Peddinaidupeta 60 213 104 109 19 12 0 145 68

Pathrunivalasa 76 262 132 130 17 118 0 161 101

Panukuru 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Peddabanapuram 211 716 338 378 72 122 0 431 285

Savarabanapuram 49 190 90 100 24 63 0 112 78

Hanumanthulova 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Turakalakota 152 541 260 281 40 8 0 350 191



3 - 96

Vissampalle 6 28 13 15 2 0 28 14 14

Kasirajukasipuram 114 397 207 190 29 26 2 218 179

Kondatemburu 114 470 240 230 47 25 0 265 205

Majjigopalapuram 51 208 103 105 28 41 0 118 90

Mogilipadu 29 103 50 53 16 0 39 45 58

Savaralingupuram 113 611 389 222 51 0 579 410 201

Venkatapuram 15 70 29 41 8 0 70 32 38

Savararama Krishnapuram 74 311 154 157 47 55 0 155 156

Dimmidijola 399 1710 840 870 239 71 0 746 964

Karajada 26 119 60 59 7 0 116 64 55

Annapuram 145 625 322 303 78 0 0 243 382

Khallada 134 543 266 277 61 129 4 312 231

Peddalaxmipuram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Malliveedu 9 35 15 20 9 0 30 11 24

Kaijola 141 537 273 264 54 9 0 202 335

Sagarampeta 5 23 13 10 2 0 23 5 18

Harshabada 157 673 333 340 90 89 0 427 246

Mukundapuram 37 155 75 80 22 2 148 71 84

Kaliavooru 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Temburu 455 1882 942 940 185 130 1 984 898

Chinnalavunipalle 96 407 210 197 54 108 0 221 186

Lattigam 50 188 90 98 17 0 0 79 109

Santhosha Puram 1 2 1 1 0 0 2 1 1

Devupuram 202 858 430 428 111 18 29 437 421



3 - 97

Uddandabartupuram 19 70 30 40 5 0 0 38 32

Panasalapadu 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kaviti 388 1672 829 843 159 39 0 832 840

Anandapuram 148 558 261 297 66 34 0 318 240

Madigapuram 115 372 180 192 30 0 0 205 167

Borubhadra 197 764 396 368 74 0 0 401 363

Savaraneelapuram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kanchivooru 24 102 46 56 11 0 0 54 48

Peddalavunipalle 213 679 337 342 53 123 0 354 325

Singupuram 89 365 181 184 27 116 0 257 108

Hukumpeta 78 267 128 139 25 22 0 96 171

Madanapuram 150 568 287 281 59 54 0 294 274

Jammipeta 21 87 43 44 10 0 0 46 41

Savarasomanadha Puram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bharthupuram 66 213 105 108 29 7 109 70 143

Kandulagudem 20 47 16 31 4 0 46 9 38

Radhajanabodda Padu 211 836 425 411 101 63 146 343 493

Mamidipalle 8 31 16 15 5 0 0 16 15

Nowgam 340 1363 684 679 157 180 0 645 718

Totada 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Polavaram 41 159 82 77 20 158 0 102 57

Subhadrapuram 252 997 512 485 107 268 0 555 442

Palavalasa 100 400 205 195 36 365 0 286 114

Kamadhenuvu 70 286 147 139 35 0 19 138 148



3 - 98

Krishnarayapuram 36 149 83 66 14 0 0 89 60

Haridasupuram 427 1391 648 743 93 189 0 745 646

Prathapaviswana Dhapuram 149 562 285 277 55 52 0 254 308

Cherukupalle 162 607 285 322 26 105 0 353 254

Marlapadu 195 794 401 393 75 7 0 465 329

Kanithivooru 255 1029 509 520 125 0 0 643 386

Manigam 134 490 254 236 22 58 0 287 203

Nadupuram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Narendrapuram 167 649 330 319 63 0 0 370 279

Nandigam 859 4180 1880 2300 329 1422 33 2613 1567

Bejjipalle 95 350 171 179 46 11 0 168 182

Pothuluru 79 344 170 174 34 0 0 176 168

Karlapudi 103 408 207 201 40 118 0 228 180

Padmapuram 13 62 34 28 10 0 0 23 39

Bhiriboddapadu 36 143 78 65 14 0 138 75 68

Bellukola 83 252 127 125 25 0 246 106 146

Nelluru 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Jayapuram 49 380 292 88 16 2 296 300 80

Rampuram 135 534 276 258 50 9 0 317 217

Chinnalaxmipuram 34 147 78 69 14 0 15 92 55

Sontinooru 65 246 119 127 32 0 233 164 82

Chinnarigokarla Palle 45 178 84 94 18 0 0 111 67

Peddatamarapalle 592 2335 1157 1178 250 363 0 1253 1082

Chinnatamarapalle 67 288 155 133 35 0 0 141 147



3 - 99

Akularaghunadha Puram 166 661 319 342 72 0 1 295 366

Pentavooru 429 1457 694 763 125 365 0 820 637

Venugopalapuram 182 719 367 352 80 2 28 278 441

Mojjuvada 55 207 111 96 19 0 0 132 75

Vallabharayapadu 122 494 248 246 47 0 0 326 168

Bharanigam 45 167 91 76 21 0 0 72 95

Dodlarama Chandrapuram 98 364 179 185 34 0 0 172 192

Devada 127 537 274 263 60 3 0 268 269

Kotipalle 135 555 293 262 64 0 0 251 304

Badabanda 69 291 154 137 38 61 0 187 104

Mondrayavalasa 142 560 280 280 55 0 0 233 327

Komatooru 42 176 82 94 20 0 0 105 71

Narsipuram 233 904 466 438 80 288 0 547 357

Devalabhadra 382 1516 732 784 142 399 11 908 608

Dimilada 310 1244 624 620 126 180 0 768 476

Lakkidasupuram 334 1310 654 656 140 13 0 647 663

Uyyalapeta 123 462 222 240 53 0 0 172 290

Sivarampuram 168 728 370 358 90 0 0 305 423

Routhupuram 316 1243 587 656 141 323 0 631 612

Banjeerupeta 55 292 142 150 32 0 0 151 141

Source: http://censusindia.gov.in/pca/cdb_pca_census/Houselisting-housing-AP.html



3 - 100

COMMUNITY PERCEPTIONS

Field work

The primary data collection was subsequently undertaken during process. This included

the collection of baseline demographic and socio-economic information through a

standardized survey focusing on household composition, education levels, general

health status, livelihood strategies, employment, and income and expenditure. In light

of potential resettlement requirements, the survey took the form of a census in villages

of 10 km radius.

A primary survey was conducted on data of 63 participants among the local

communities within the study area villages of Bellukola, Somanathapuram,

Ramapuram, Chinnagokarapalli, Gudem, Jayarampuram and Gollavuru. This survey

was conducted to identify the community perception. In this connection, filed experts

used the technique of sampling was used to administer a questionnaire on the existing

awareness among the community on the project and its potential impacts. This survey

was focused on various dimensions of economical, social & cultural, health &

wellbeing, economical, personal & psychological and heath & public infrastructure

aspects to assess that significant impact differences about this mining project. This

study was carried on population living in the 10 villages. The hamlets covered within10

KM of core and buffer areas.

Overall Outcome of the primary survey

The data is process to bring out the positive as well as negative impacts due to this

mining project as we discussed.

Economical impact

It can be observed from the nature of the existing mining project that during the process

mining activity it requires employability in various levels on contract and regular bases

in technical and non technical areas. Once the mining work resumed, It is

approximately estimated a total of 30 workers will be required for the mining project.

As a part of road regular gradation to the site it is estimated no of 10 temporary workers

will be required.



3 - 101

The mining project is enclosed with different villages, whereas most of these workers

are likely to be from the project area, because the surrounding villages are having

human resource with skilled, semi skilled people and unskilled. These people will be

recruited as technical back ground like; technicians, service providers, tipper driver,

machine operators, supervisors in this project. The uneducated human beings will be

useful as labor and helpers. Hence, there would be more economical flow and the people

who are in the middle and low poverty line can be come out through employability due

to this project. An influx of population into the project area, including contracted

construction teams, will increase the demand for goods and services. Increases in

income-earning opportunities will also increase spending potential, providing

opportunities for supply of such services, indirectly increasing the overall wealth of the

area.

Employment with skill development programs

Skills are required for the most of the graduates. Hence, if the management takes the

initiative steps towards skill development programs to the local community will be

useful to generate the number direct and indirect opportunities to the local community.

As a result, both management and local people will be benefited. The management can

be benefited in the form of hire the local people with reasonable salaries, more support

from local communities and this training program can be included as part of CSR

activity. On the other hand, the local community will be getting assistance in the form

enhancing their skills, permanent or contract base employment opportunity and many

other tangible and non tangible benefits.

Social & Cultural impacts

Social and culture aspects are the most essential elements for every community and

social development. This domain focused on various social and cultural impacts of the

mining project. It is also observed from the survey; there will not be any out migration

from mining project. But, a very less people might be stayed due to employability form

outside study area. Other than there is no rehabilitation plan. In the context of cultural

aspect, it can be said that people were positively responded towards this project. Hence,

It can be said that people may not be have break ups with cohesion, may not have any

differences in social and cultural norms due to this project.



3 - 102

Health & wellbeing impacts

In general, the mining site loaded with tipper, and drilling machines any other vehicles

may temporarily generate ambient noise and fugitive, dust from roads. Noise and air

quality studies are included in the full EIA and associated impacts need to refer to the

social environment. But, the mining site is situated far away to the community livings.

Hence, it can be concluded there would be any negative impact on communities with

this project. Another side, the wellbeing of the local people will be developed in the

form of direct and indirect employment.

Health care Facilities:

Healthcare facilities range from small clinics and doctors offices to urgent care centres

and large hospitals with elaborate emergency rooms and trauma centres. The number

and quality of health facilities in a country, region, state, Mandal, village is one

common measure of that area’s prosperity and quality of life. The various government

medical facilities exclusively allopathic available during 2009-2010 year is mentioned

below

Table 3.33: Number of Government Medical facilities (Allopathic) available

during 2009-2010 year

S.No Category of hospital 2009-2010

1 General Hospitals 4

2 T.B. Hospitals 1

3 Allied Hospitals 11

4 Primary Health Centers 73

5 Dispensaries 9

6 Regular Doctors 310

7 Contract Doctors 38

8 No. of Beds available 1020

(a) Men 150

(b) Women 75

(c) Children 25

(d) Common 770



3 - 103

Public infrastructure & Services

It is estimated that the mining project would be caused for Improvement in

communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.

The infrastructure development, extension of new roads for smooth transportation of

vehicle, increase of private services due to the activity, frequent health camps will be

campaigned for local people. By increasing of connectivity, people have more

opportunities to enrich their business in various sectors.

Personal and psychological Impact

It is observed from personal and psychological context, most of the respondents have

positive attitude towards this project. Participants felt that have more economical and

infrastructure benefits due to this project. And another words, it come to known people

have thought of expression towards encouraging new industries. Hence, this could be

more helpful to the coming generations, in context of education, business and

employment aspect.

Socio-economic development

As a part of the social responsibilities, the project proponent will take up the

following peripheral developmental works.

Encouraging entrepreneurship among locals by vocational training.

Upgrading one primary school.

Health camps

Distribution of school uniforms and books to needy students

Cultural activities in the villages

Provision or free Transportation of patients

Preferential employment to the local people depending upon their qualification

and suitability of post.

Need Assessment:

Primary consultations identified certain key expectations that are also indicative of the

local community’s attitude towards industrial development in the study area:

Job opportunities to the local community during construction and operations;

Moral and technical support to the local people



3 - 104

Expectations on education facilities for local village people;

Expectations on health facilities or frequent health camps;

Skill development programs to the unemployed educated people

Frequent government transport facility to local villages

CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES


CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4 - 1

4.0 INTRODUCTION

The mining activity is likely to make significant changes in land use and land pattern. This

activity may alter existing Environmental conditions, biological attributes, existing

ecosystem and associated biodiversity. The mining projects have positive as well as

negative impacts on Environment. Keeping in mind the Environmental baseline scenario as

detailed in Chapter III and the mining activity described in Chapter II, it is attempted to

predict the likely impacts, their extent on various parameters and likely mitigation measures

to be adopted.

Impact prediction is a very important phenomenon in evaluating the environmentally

potential adverse impacts for any mining project. The impact prediction is always carried

out under worst possible conditions so as to mitigate or to eliminate the Environmental

hazards. These predictions thus calculated are superimposed over the baseline data (the

quality of Environment in the vicinity of the project site) so as to calculate the net impact on

the Environment after the project comes into production.

Table: 4.1 Expected Nature of Impacts

ASPECT IMPACT

Fugitive dust,

Air emissions.

Effects on air quality, ecology due to increase in PM10 &

PM2.5, SO2, NOX and Free silica levels depending up on the

type of process and energy requirements.

Noise emissions &

Vibrations.

Effects on community noise environment of the region due

to increase in day night equivalent noise levels.

Transportation Impact on existing infrastructure.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 2

Table: 4.2 Identified/Predicted Environmental Impacts with & without Mitigation Measures

S. No Description Activity Effect

Impact without

mitigation measure

Mitigation measure proposed

Impact after

mitigation Remarks

1 Impact on

Topography

& Drainage

Excavation Changes in land use

pattern

High It is proposed to develop

avenue plantation on

either side of the

approach road.

After removal of

mineral, the excavated

pit will be backfilled and

will be converted into

animal grazing field.

The mining activity will

not intersect with ground

water.

Medium The

topographical

changes caused

due to mining

activity can be

transformed

into social

benefit by

adopting and

implementing

proper

reclamation

plan


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 3

2 Air Pollution Excavation operation

Fugitive dust

emissions effecting

ambient air quality

& workers health

High Covered aprons with

nose masks will be

provided to the work

force.

Regular inspection and

maintenance of

machinery will be

practiced.

Low Localized

effect which

can be

mitigated with

controlled

mining

practices

Loading & Dispatch. Fugitive dust

effecting air quality

& health effect

High Mineral on vehicles will

be covered with

tarpaulin.

Water will be sprinkled

regularly along the

haulage roads

Vehicular speed will be

limited to 25KMPH.

Haul road compaction

and grading at periodic

intervals will be

practiced.

Low Localized

effect which

can be

mitigated


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 4

Green belt development

on either side of the

approach road.

Vehicular movement

and machinery

operation

Release of SO2 and

NOx due to

combustion of fossil

fuels

Low Regular maintenance of

vehicles and machineries

will be practiced to

improve their efficiency

Negligible

3 Water

Pollution

Run off from

surrounding area into

ML area

Siltation of mine

pits.

High

During mining activities

desiltation works will be

carried out regularly

Low Negligible

effect which

can be

mitigated

Domestic sewage from

mine area

Increases BOD

levels of the water

bodies if released

directly

High Domestic waste water

generated is disposed

through septic tank followed

by soak pit

Low Negligible

effect which

can be

mitigated

Seepage of mine water

to aquifers

Contaminates

Ground water

High No effluents will be

released from this mine

Mining activity will not

Low Negligible

effect which

can be


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 5

intersect with aquifer. mitigated

4 Soil Erosion Exposure of soil results

in soil erosion

Loss of soil and

accreditation of

deposits in other area

High Regular water sprinkling

is carried out during

mining activities.

After removal of mineral,

the excavated pit will be

backfilled and will be

converted into animal

grazing field.

Plantation development

(plants with soil binding

capacity) on plain area is

encouraged.

Low Effect can be

mitigated by

practicing

control

measures.

5 Noise

Pollution &

Vibrations

Excavation activities &

transportation of

vehicles

Increase of Ambient

noise levels resulting

health effects

High Excavation is through

semi mechanized

operations.

Proper maintenance and

periodic lubrication of

noise generating parts of

Low Localized

effect which

can be

mitigated.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 6

the machinery & vehicle

machines.

PPE such as ear plug will

be supplied for the

workers.

Vehicle speed is

controlled to a maximum

of 25KMPH

Green belt development

6 Biological &

Socio-

economic

aspect

Operational activities

of mine

This area consists of

Dry deciduous

vegetation in which

Diospyros sylvatica,

Pterospermum

xylocarpum, Lannea

coromandelica and

Garuga pinnata are

common trees. No

ecologically sensitive

and threatened plant

species has been

High It is proposed to develop


either side of the

approach road.

After complete

exploration of the mineral

the land on top benches

will be applied top soil

and developed with

grasses and plantation.

Medium No notable

biodiversity

resources are

present within

the mine site


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 7

reported from this area

Positive socio

economic effect.

-- Medical/first aid

facilities, Employment

opportunities., Water

supply, communication

will be enhanced due to

the mine activity

It is proposed to develop


either side of the

approach road.

Positive --

7 Occupational

Health &

Safety

Operational activities

of mine like

excavation, loading etc.

Pulmonary health

effects predicted and

other minor injuries.

High Provision of appropriate

PPE viz., nose masks, hand

gloves, shoes and aprons

First aid/Medical check

facilities will be provided

Low Medical/ Life

insurance &

Workman

compensation

procedures will

be followed.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 8

4.1 IMPACTS ON AIR QUALITY

The impact on air quality due to production of Colour Granite with maximum production of

about 12180 m3 /Annum is limited to the mining lease area. The operations involve drilling,

wire saw cutting, and excavation by excavators. The major source for dust emissions are

from excavation operations and transportation of the material. The mine rated capacity and

the baseline ambient air quality values were monitored during non-monsoon season reflects

the emissions in the area. The impact due to mining activities and transport of material has

been considered to estimate the contribution of dust levels to the existing ambient air quality

by the mine.

4.1.1 Quantitative estimation of impacts on air environment

The following options have been employed to predict the ground level concentrations due to

emissions from mine.

1. Area being rural, rural dispersion parameters is considered.

2. Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial distance of

10 km around the sources.

3. Polar receptor network has been considered.

4. Emission rates from the point sources and area sources were considered as constant

during the entire period.

5. The ground level concentrations computed were as is basis without any consideration of

decay coefficient.

6. Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into consideration.

7. Site specific meteorological data to estimate ground level concentrations for period of

Oct-21 to Dec-21.

4.1.2 Sources of dust emission

Mining will be carried out by opencast method mainly involving drilling and excavation by

excavators and directly loads into the tippers. Based on the various operations involved in

the production, the various emission sources at each stage have been identified as given

below.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 9

a. Area sources

b. Line sources

Drilling, wire saw cutting and excavation by excavators and directly loads into the tippers

operations of the mine are considered as area sources. Transportation from mining pit to

stock pile/dump area and stockpile to end users is considered as line sources. The impact of

above sources on air environment is discussed below:

The impacts of emission from above sources on air environment are discussed below:

4.1.3. Emission details

All the emissions discussed above are quantified for material handling for Colour Granite of

12180 m3/annum. The existing baseline concentrations are already covered in the baseline

scenario (Chapter - III). The emissions are computed based on AP-42 emission factors.

Operational hours and activity rate have been considered for estimation of emissions from

point and area sources. For line source, apart from operational hours and activity rate,

moisture and silt content of the haulage road have been considered.

4.1.4. Meteorological data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the months of Oct’21 to Dec’21 on

hourly basis on wind speed, wind direction and temperature has been processed to extract

the 24 – hourly meteorological data.

4.1.5 Assumptions made in the prediction of air pollution impacts

For the purpose of computation of rise in the ground level concentrations due to mining

operations, the following assumptions have been considered.

Mining operations are carried out for a period of 8-10 hours a day and hence it is not a

continuous source of emission and other operations may not be simultaneous and

continuous. However, for the prediction of worst case concentration, the sources mentioned

in the above are assumed to be under simultaneous and continuous operation for 8-hours.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 10

4.1.6. Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particulate matter

By using the above-mentioned inputs, ground level concentrations due to the mining

activities have been estimated to know the incremental rise and distance of impact in the

study area.

The major source of dust pollution is from mining operations and transportation. This raises

suspended particulate matter concentrations in the mine area. Another major activity being

transport from the working pit to the stock pile and stock pile to end users, the dust levels

are distributed all along the transport route from the mine.

4.1.7. Air Quality Mitigation Measures

Preventing dispersal of air borne dust

The main constitute of air pollutants from this mine will be suspended particulate matter.

The following mitigation measures will be brought into practice for maintaining emissions

within permissible limits.

1. Wet drilling and wire saw cutting will be implemented.

2. Effective water sprinkling at the time of mining operation i.e., excavation and

loading.

3. Development of green belt on either side of approach road as the proposed mine area

is not suitable for plantation.

4. Material should be transported by truck which will be covered by tarpaulin.

5. Haul roads and approach roads should be graded to minimize dust suspension.

6. Regular air monitoring will be taken so that necessary steps can be practiced to

control emissions.

Controlling gaseous emissions

Since the mining activities are not expected to generate considerable quantities of gaseous

emissions such as NOx and SO2, hence there is no need of any special measures. However,

the following measures shall be implemented during operation as precautionary measures.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 11

Water sprinkling arrangements such as specially fabricated tankers mounted on

tipper are deployed at mine site to control the fugitive dust generation from the

haulage roads.

The vehicles and machinery will be maintained in good condition so that emission

of gaseous constituents will be minimized.

Periodical monitoring of air quality will be done to take steps for controlling the

pollutant emissions.

4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures

The operation of Colour Granite mining activity requires water for wire saw cutting and

drilling. The water will be used for drinking/domestic purpose and dust suppression/

plantation purpose. The required water is sourced through water tankers. There will be no

effluent discharge expected from this mine, except domestic effluent which is treated in

septic tank followed by soak pit. Hence, no impact on the quality of surface and ground

water is expected. Whereas the core zone will ultimately fall in safe zone, there is no

possibility of any changes in the water quality. The chemical analysis of water samples

collected reveal that there is no significant change in the constituents and surface water and

ground water in the nearby mining areas have remained suitable for all purposes and all

constituents within the water standards of IS-10500-2012.

One first order stream passing through the buffer zone of the lease area in West. Garland

drains will be constructed within the mine area to collect rain water into the siltation pond.

The total water requirement is about 14 KLD for various activities such as,

Green-belt watering

Dust suppression

Wet drilling & Wire saw cutting

Domestic use


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 12

The water requirement will be met from water supply through tankers from nearest village

and no bore well is proposed. The processes of mining do not generate any hazardous liquid

effluent except domestic sewage. About 1.2 KLD of domestic sewage will be generated

during mine operations; the same will be disposed through septic tank followed by soak pit.

The mining operations will be carried out throughout the year avoiding rainy days. Rain

water collected in mine pits are withdrawn and will be used for watering plants and

sprinkling on haul roads.

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting

During mining operations, the rainwater stored in the pit area is pumped out to carry out

excavation operations without hindrance. At the end of mine life, rainwater collected in pit

will be allowed to soak into the ground for recharging the ground water table.

4.2.3 Impacts on ground water table

The mine working will be above the water table throughout the life of the mine. The

groundwater table is available at 10-35 m from the ground level. There will be no

intersection of ground water table due to this mining. Hence, the possible impacts on the

ground water table because of open cast mining will be minimal.

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Land environment is divided into the following three components

Solid waste management

Soil Erosion

Reclamation of degraded areas

Afforestation /Plantation/ Greenbelt development

4.3.1. Solid waste generation

The waste that will be generated in this mining period is 228,950.40 m3 during the ensuing

five years period with an average of 45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the

mining will be dumped in the NW of the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha

with an average height of 10 m with 45 slope angle will be formed. A retaining wall will be


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 13

constructed around the dump for preventing the slanting of boulders. Construction of

garland drains, check dams will be done during the scheme period of mining. The generated

waste will be used for internal laying of roads and for reclamation during mine closure.

4.3.2 Soil Erosion

The mine activity will expose out the loose earthy material which leads to soil erosion

through runoff or wind action. This may cause in deposition of silt in low-lying water

bodies.

This effects can be controlled by following the below suggested conservation practices.

Regular water sprinkling is carried out during mining activities.

After removal of mineral the top benches will be applied with top soil and grasses and

plantation will be developed

Plantation development (plants with soil binding capacity) on plain area is encouraged

Construction of garland drains should be done to avoid siltation of nearby water

sources

4.3.3 Reclamation of degraded areas

i) Impact due to land degradation

The mine lease area of 14.5 Ha. is a part of hilly terrain. However, the proponent is

maintaining a buffer zone with existing natural vegetation and the proponent will be planted

1100 plants within Buffer Zone, in open places and along the approach road on either side

for a stretch of 0.8 km.

ii) Land reclamation Control Measures

Opencast mining activity will change land use pattern of the present mine area. The top soil

generated during this mine operation will be stored and will be used for plantation works.

The land degradation is minimal and restricted only to the mining area and the facilities

within the mine lease boundary.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 14

iii) Reclamation of land affected due to mining activities.

The lessee must take steps to keep the granted lease area under disturbance at any stage to

the minimum. This can be achieved by ensuring reclamation during excavation.

The land can be reclaimed as the excavated pit may be partially backfilled by the stored

waste generated during mining. The buffer area will be maintained with existing natural

greenbelt. It can be used for indigenous plant developed as a plantation at the end of the

mining activity.

iv) Soil conservation measures and Top soil management

The top soil will be preserved within the lease area and the same will be used for plantation,

roads, filling ditches and reclamation whenever necessary.

v) Maintenance of road

The road for movement of trucks to the mine will be kept in good condition during the

reclamation/afforestation period till the mine is fully reclaimed and afforested. The material

required for planting and growth of plants and trees, measures, water etc. can be transported

to the site by trucks.

4.3.3 Program of Afforestation

The proponent is maintaining the buffer zone with existing natural vegetation and also

proposed to develop avenue plantation with 1100 plants within Buffer Zone, in open places

and along the approach road on either side for a stretch of 0.8 km.

4.3.4 Impact on land use and reclamation measures

Open cast semi mechanized mining activities may alter the landscape of the lease area and

some disturbance to the surface features of the surrounding areas. The total mine lease area

is about 14.54 Ha. During the ensuing mining plan period, an area of 5.071 Ha of land will

be brought under mining.

It is proposed to develop avenue plantation on either side of the approach road. It can be

used for native species plantation at the end of the mining activity.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 15

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Impact due to Noise and Vibration

At mines, noise is generated by movement of machinery, drilling and transportation by

vehicles, etc. The noise level in the working environment are compared with the standards

prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA) which has been

adopted and enforced by the Govt. of India through model rules framed under Factories Act,

1980 and CPCB 2000 norms. The summary of the permissible exposures in case of

continuous noise as per above rules is given below:

Table 4.3 Noise impact

Total time of exposure

per day in hour

Sound pressure

dB(A)

Remarks

1 2 ----

8.0 90 No exposure in excess of 115 dB(A) is permissible

6.0 92 --

4.0 95 For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and lower figure as indicated in column (1), the permissible sound is to be determined by extrapolation or proportionate scale.

3.0 97

2.0 100

1 ½ 102

1 105

¾ 107

½ 110

¼ 115

Noise at lower levels (sound pressure) is quite acceptable and does not have any bad effect

on human beings, but when it is abnormally high- it incurs some maleficent effects. For the

mining operations, the noise is expected to be generated from machineries used for this

project. During mining the noise pollution can take place due to external transport

machinery as dumper/tractor etc.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 16

4.4.2 Noise and Vibration Control Measures

The ambient noise level monitoring carried out has revealed that the ambient noise levels

are well within the prescribed limits. However, the following measures will further tend to

abate the noise level and vibration:


machinery & vehicle machines.

Vehicle speed will be restricted to a maximum of 25KMPH.

A thick tree plantation will be developed.

Regular preventive maintenance of machinery and the transport vehicles.

Provision of silencers, to module the noise generated by the machines, where

required.

Equipment’s with permissible noise level will be procured.

Provision of Protective Devices like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to workers.

4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1. Impacts on Biological Environment

Mining activities generally result in the deforestation, land degradation, water, air and noise

pollution which directly or indirectly affect the faunal and floral status of the project area.

However, occurrence and magnitude of these impacts are entirely dependent upon the

project location, mode of operation and technology involved. Impact prediction is the main

footstep in impact evaluation and identifies project actions that are likely to bring significant

changes in the project environment. The present study was carried out to predict the likely

impacts of the proposed Colour Granite Mine of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar at Bellukola

Village surrounding environment with special reference to biological attributes covering

habitats/ecosystems and associated biodiversity. Although impacts on key habitat elements

will occur on a local scale, but on a regional scale they would not be critical for the life

cycle needs of the species observed or expected. Moreover, the successive reclamation of

mined out areas, following completion of mining activities, will replace habitat resources for

fauna species in this locality over a longer time.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 17

The study area comprise of Tropical Dry Deciduous vegetation. Several tropical elements

can be seen scattered in the area. Species of Lannea coromandelica, Diospyros sylvatics,

Morinda pubescens, Sterculia urens, Dalbergia paniculata, Anogeissus latifolia, etc. are of

common occurrence. Tree species viz., Tectona grandis, Mangifera indica, Anacardium

occidentale, etc. are found planted along the boundary of the agricultural lands and along the

road sides. Ground vegetation mainly consists of grasses and small shrubs. Among the

grasses, Thysanolaena maxima, Heteropogon contortus are very common in the area. Useful

fodder grasses, Cynodon dactylon, Eleusine indica, Trifolium alexandrinum, etc. are present

in the proposed project area. Wild life is not commonly found in the lease area and its

immediate environs because of lack of vegetal cover and surface water. Except domestic

animals, wild animals commonly observed are reptiles, fox, hares and some birds.

4.5.2. Mitigation Measures

Keeping all in mind the mitigations have been suggested under environmental management

plan. With the understanding of the role of plant species as bio-filter to control air pollution,

appropriate plant species (mainly tree species) have been suggested conceding the area/site

requirements and needed performance of specific species. The details of year wise proposed

plantation program are given in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4 Details of proposed plantation

Year No. of plants 1st 200

2nd 200

3rd 200

4th 200

5th 200

TOTAL 1000

In order to compensate the loss of vegetation cover, it is suggested to carry out afforestation

program mainly in mine lease area earmarked for plantation program in different phases.

This habitat improvement program would ensure the faunal species to re-colonize and

improve the abundance status in the core zone. In order to improve the fodder availability


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 18

some of the grass species suggested growing within the plantation area proposed by the

proponent as silvopastural adaptation in the initial phase. Wherever mining is completed,

within that area (preferably flat terrain) some grass species can also grow simply sowing

grass seeds in pellet form after ploughing at sub-surface level before the onset of monsoon

season in phase manner. This can provide fodder for the local livestock and thereby reduce

grazing pressure in the nearby areas.

4.5.3. Greenbelt Development

Development of the green belt is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due

care. Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate,

quality, thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of

fugitive noise, reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth dwelling for the

diversified species flora. The plant species suitable for green belt development need to be

selected based on the flowing criteria.

Native plant species will be preferred

Fast growing plants will be planted

Good soil binding potential

Plants having thick canopy cover will be used

Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected

Plants having large leaf area index will be considered

Road sides will be planted with local vegetation.

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be

given to the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be

grown as per normal horticultural or forestry practices.

Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green

cover, improve the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also

have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable

plant species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection from

emitted and noise.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 19

In view of this, the list of species to be planted in the green belt area is illustrated below.

The suitable variety/species shall be finalized in consultation with local forest officer and

horticultural experts. Mixed plantation shall be done keeping optimum spacing between the

saplings.

Table 4.5 Selected list of plant species for Greenbelt development

SI. No. Botanical name Family

1 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae

2 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

3 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae

4 Delonix regia Mimosaceae

5 Feronia elephant Rutaceae

6 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

7 Ficus religiosa Moraceae

8 Hardwickia binata Fabaceae

9 Mangifera indica Anacariaceae

10 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

11 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

12 Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae

13 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae

4.6 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

During mine operation

Colour Granite : 12180 m3/annum

No. of working days : 270 days

Truck Capacity : 8 m3 (20 T)

No of trucks per day : 8 trucks/day

Total working hours per day : 8 hours/day

No. of trips deployed/hour : 1-2 trips/hour


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 20

4.6.1 Impact on road network

Following control measures will implemented for traffic management.

Usage of project vehicles will be restricted near sensitive zones such as schools,

settlements etc.

Speed of the vehicles will be restricted to 25 KMPH.

Vehicular movement will be restricted to specific routes.

Adequate training on traffic and road safety operations will be provided to the drivers.

Routine maintenance vehicles will be ensured to prevent any abnormal emissions and

high noise generation.

Road network within site and nearby site will be developed.

The entry and exit points carefully designed to avoid any disturbance to traffic and will

have enough buffer before merging into the main roads. However mine is operational

since last long and no issue related with traffic congestion.

Signal for speed limit will be placed and are maintained.

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

4.7.1 Impact on socio-economic conditions

No displacement of people is envisaged from the mine lease area. The acquired ML area

involves 14.54 Ha of hilly terrain. The lease area is unfit for agriculture as it is hill and

strewed with small stones/boulders. The surrounding inhabitants are mainly agricultural

oriented & mine workers. Unemployment and under-employment are the main problems of

inhabitants.

Communication facilities are already present in the village and first aid facility, rest shelters

and other facilities will be provided by the proponent as Corporate Environment

Responsibility which will be positively benefited the local population. Other beneficial

impacts can be:

Increase in employment opportunities.

Enhance the capabilities of education.

Growth in service sectors.


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 21

Increase in consumer prices of indigenous produce and services, land prices, house rent

rates and labor cost.

Improvement in socio-cultural Environment of the study area.

Improvement in transport, communication, health and educational services.

The overall impact on the Socio economic Environment will be beneficial.

4.7.2 Impact on Human Settlement

The area is surrounded by few small villages and towns where some people are working as

daily labor. The main occupation of the local people is Cultivation and cattle rearing. The

details of the villages, location, distance and population are given in the following table.

Table 4.6 Surrounding villages with their population

S. No Village Direction Distance

(Km)

Population

(Nos)

1 Nilapura S 0.50 658

2 Naugam SE 1.00 643

3 Pedda Tamarapalle SE 4.75 2,335

4 Chinnari Gokarlapalle SE 4.75 745

5 Sontunuru S 3.50 143

6 Ramapuram SW 3.50 534

7 Narasingapalli SW 3.75 159

8 Jayapuram SW 3.00 380

9 Bellakola SW 2.00 170

10 Janturu NW 3.50 306

11 Venkatapuram NW 4.00 70

12 Bandapalli NW 4.50 809

13 Kotturu NW 4.50 199

14 Maradikota NW 4.00 200

15 Tamalapuram N 4.00 394

16 Rampuram NE 4.75 534

Source: Mining Plan


CHAPTER-IV



MEASURES

4 - 22

4.8 IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

During the high windy days in summer, the Colour Granite could be the problems for eyes

like itching and watering of eyes. Dust in air can be a health hazard leading to respiratory

issues such as asthma and irritating the lungs and bronchial passages.

For mitigating, the aspects following measures will be implemented:

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

Dust mask will be provided to the workers,

Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as per norms,

Medical records will be maintained,

Medical facilities to the workers,

Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken off in the

dusty atmosphere and suitably employed elsewhere,

Personal Protective Equipments such as helmets, safety shoes and aprons with nose

masks will be provided to the workers,

Good quality water will be provided to the workers and proper test for water quality

to be carried out regularly.

A well equipped first aid facility will be available in ML area,

Safety of the employee during operations, maintenance of mining equipments will be

taken care as per Mine Regulations 1961.

Effective communication system like mobile phones, land line phones, e-mail etc.

facilities will be available at the mine site.

Uniforms will be provided to the workers and they will be allowed to go home after

changing clothes.

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


CHAPTER-V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5- 1

5.0 GENERAL

The analysis of alternative is the process of comparing potential impacts and mitigation

options of a series of alternative location, technologies, operation to identify optimal

alternatives.

5.1 ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar has been granted in principle a Quarry lease for Colour

Granite (Srikakulam Blue) over an extent of 14.54 Ha in Sy.No.01 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh. The method of mining is

conventional method of open cast mining for the production of 12180 m3/annum for

Colour Granite.

The production technology for excavation of Colour Granite is open cast semi

mechanized method of mining with drilling, wire saw cutting and loaded in to tippers.

The technology suggested is best suited for Colour Granite production. The present

technology will be implemented in safe and environmental friendly manner.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITE

Mining activities will be carried out based on local geology and availability of the

mineral. As proved Colour Granite reserves are observed in the adjacent mines, this area

is selected for mining proposal, hence alternate site selection is not applicable

CHAPTER –VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME


CHAPTER-VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6 - 1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the efficiency of the

organizational set up responsible for Implementation of the programme. Post project

monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of any project activity. Hence monitoring

of various environmental parameters will be carried out a regular basis to ascertain the

following:

State of pollution within the mine and in its vicinity.

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the ML area.

To assess and monitor environmental impacts.

Environmental monitoring will be taken up for various environmental components

as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by SEIAA

Committee & Consent to operate issued by the State Pollution Control Board.

Compliance of same will be submitted to respective authorities on regular basis. The

Management will assign the third party which is recognized by MoEF&CC /NABL to

monitor the environmental parameters in the mine site and the surroundings as per the

schedule and will maintain the log books.

6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standard, regular

monitoring of various environmental components is necessary which will be complied as

per condition.

An environmental management cell will be implemented. The structure of the team

proposed for environmental management is a simple one; this is due to the limited size of

the organization. As the employees are mostly unskilled labourers and the operating size

of the management is small, it is better that a member of senior management or a

manager level employee assumes the responsibility of complying with environmental

measures.



PROGRAMME

6 - 2

6.2 MONITORING AROUND THE MINE SITE

a. Meteorology

The Management will assign the third party which is recognized by MoEF & CC to

monitor the weather conditions of the mine site and the surroundings as per the schedule

and will maintain the log books.

b. Ambient air quality monitoring

Ambient air quality will be monitored in the mine site and in the surrounding villages

through a third party as per the guidelines.

c. Ground water monitoring

Ground water levels for physical and chemical parameters will be monitored in and

around the mine site premises during the pre and post monsoon seasons.

d. Wastewater sampling

The wastewater sample will be collected regularly for analysis.

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary.

The proponent will allocate Rs. 0.75 Lakhs annual budget towards environmental

monitoring initiatives.

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring

Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to ascertain

the following points,

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its

vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.



PROGRAMME

6 - 3

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS

Table: 6.1 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters

S.No. Particulars Monitoring

Frequency

IMP. Monitoring

Parameters

1. Water and Waste Water Quality

a. Sanitary Effluents

b. Ground Water Quality

Once in a month

Pre monsoon and

Post monsoon season

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

2. Air Quality

a. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

at mine site & other sampling

locations given in the report

Quarterly

PM10, PM2.5,SO2,

NOX and Free silica

3. Noise levels in and around Mine site Quarterly

Noise levels -

Day and Night in

dB(A)

6.5 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

The mitigation measures suggested above should be implemented so as to reduce the

impact on environment due to the operations of the mining activities. In order to facilitate

easy implementation, the mitigation measures are phased as per the priority of

implementation. The implementation schedule is given as below. (Table 6.2)

Table - 6.2 Implementation Schedule

S.

No.

Recommendations Time

Requirement

Immediate Progressive Discretion of the

Management

1 Air pollution

control measures

Being

implemented

* -- --

2 Water pollution

control measures

Being

implemented

* -- --



PROGRAMME

6 - 4

3 Noise control

measures

Being

implemented

* -- --

4 Ecological

preservation and

Up gradation

Stage wise

implementation

* * --

5 Land

reclamation/Soil

waste management

Stage wise

implementation

* * --

6 Socio-economic

measures

As per the CER

proposals of the

company and

the need of the

local residents

-- * *

Note (*) indicates implementation of recommendations

6.6 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES

1. Handy samplers

2. Respirable Dust Sampler / Fine Particulate Sampler

3. Meteorological station

CHAPTER –VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

DRAFT CLUSTER ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 Ha

CHAPTER-VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7- 1

7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION:

The project is categorized as Category –B2 as per Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) Notification S.O. 1533 (E) Dt: 14.09.2006 and amended Notification S.O. 3977

(E) Dt: 14.08.2018. But, as per the latest National Green Tribunal (NGT) New Delhi

issued orders in O.A. 186 of 2016 Dt: 13.09.2018 & in E.A. No. 55/2018 of O.A. No.

520/2015 Dt: 11.12.2018; OM F. No. L-11011/175/2018-IA-I (M) Dt: 12.12.2018 the

projects with individual area or cluster area of mine leases from 5 to 25 Hectares falls

under Category B2 at par with Category B1, necessitates Public Hearing

for obtaining the Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Impact

Assessment Authority (SEIAA).

The present Draft EIA is being submitted for conducting Public Hearing. The issues

raised during the public hearing, the response of the proponent along with action plan

and budgetary allocation will be given in the Final EIA report and submitted to

MoEF&CC for obtaining environmental clearance.

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis provides identification of the risks/accidents and to take necessary steps

to prevent it happening. The main objective of preparing a disaster management plan

includes;

To identify the potential hazardous areas so that necessary design safety

measures can be adopted to minimize the probability of accidents.

To identify the potential areas of Environmental disaster, this can be prevented

by proper design of the installations and their control operations.

To manage emergency situations or a disastrous event, if any, from the mining

operations.

It begins with the identification of probable hazardous events at an operational area

and categorization as per the predetermined criteria. Risk assessment should be done

on the basis of past accident analysis at similar projects, previous judgments and

expertise in the field of risk analysis especially in accident analysis.



7- 2

7.1.1 Drilling Risks

Drilling is common operation for mining of Colour Granite, which is a hard mineral.

The main hazards involved are as follows:

Drill falling from the edge of a bench

Dust created during the drilling operations

Noise produced during drilling

The risk will occur during the drilling of the first line of holes parallel with the

working edge of the bench. Measures that can be taken to reduce the risk of falling off

the edge of the bench is to provide suitable portable rail fencing which can be erected

between the drill and the edge of the bench and direction by the supervisor from

guidance of the driller.

Control measures for Dust and Noise produced during drilling are discussed in detail

in Chapter IV.

7.1.2 Failure of Slope in the Pit

In open pit mining, mineral deposits are mined from the ground surface and

downward. Consequently, pit slopes are formed as the mineral is being extracted. The

issues concerned with slope stability in the open cast mines have come to forefront in

the mining operations due to increasing pit depth.

The pit slopes must thus be inclined at some angle to prevent failure of the rock mass.

This angle is governed by the geo-mechanical conditions at the specific mine and

represent an upper bound to the overall slope angle. The actual slope angles used in

the mine depend upon (i) the presence of haulage roads, or ramps, necessary for the

transportation of the mineral from the pit (ii) possible drill damage (iii) mineral

grades, and (iv) economical constraints.

During the planning period, the individual benches will be kept nearly vertical. Rock

being stable ultimate final pit slope will be kept at 60° by maintaining bench height of

3-6 m and bench width 8 m will be maintained.

Besides determining factor of safety, the slopes shall be monitored at regular intervals

by using real time slope stability radar system to monitor for any possible failure. The

well developed drainage system over the lease area should ensure that storm water



7- 3

does not accumulate in the lease area and therefore hydrostatic pressure remains at a

low level.

7.1.3 Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains

Filling up the mine pit due to excessive rains in the worked out area is a remote

possibility. Normally there will be sufficient warning time before such an incident

takes place, harming equipment and human life. However, as a precautionary

measure, interceptor ditches along the outer boundary of the pit area constructed to

control inflow of runoff into the mine pits. Water that collects in the mine pit from

rainfall will be coursed out from the pits, through garland drains by using pump.

7.1.4 Accidents of heavy machinery

Most of the accidents during transfer of product, trucks and other vehicles are often

attributed to mechanical failures, in which the factor of human errors cannot be ruled

out. Regular maintenance and testing of all mine equipment as per manufacturers

guide lines can largely eliminate accidents of heavy machinery. Competent drivers

will be employed to minimize accidents during transportation. To avoid falling

material from the moving vehicles, closed trucks are deployed or the material will be

covered with tarpaulin.

7.1.5 Disaster due to Surface Fire

There could be fire accidents due to diesel fuel getting into contact of naked flames,

machinery developing excessive heat due to imperfect lubrication of bearings etc.

Proper maintenance of equipment is proposed to avoid catching of fire. Project

proponent will be having wireless communication system for quick passing of

information for any assistance in case of any emergency. Fire extinguishers should be

kept at accessible distance from cause sources. A competent person shall examine all

equipments, material and arrangement provided for firefighting at least once in a

month and record of the examination shall be maintained in a register. A competent

person shall at least once in 3 months examine every fire extinguisher.

Training will be imparted to the employees about emergency preparedness. Mock

drills will also be conducted at regular interval to handle the emergency situation.

Refresher awareness programs will also be planned among the employees.



7- 4

Risk analysis involves systematic identification and assessment of major damage

potential credible risk scenarios to help management to make objective decisions on

hazard reduction or avoidance measures meeting regulatory requirements and develop

a structured management framework for an effective Disaster Management Plan

(DMP) including emergency preparedness and contingency plans.

7.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

A disaster is a catastrophic event in which personnel working in the affected area are

immediately planed into a chaotic situation, which demands their immediate rescue,

medical and social case to restore normalcy. It creates a major emergency in mining

area requiring an Emergency response in accordance with a Mine Disaster

Management Plan formulated by the management.

A detailed DMP for handling emergencies includes;

Identification and assessment of major credible risk scenarios anticipated at a

particular workplace/activity (Slope failure, fly rock fragments, fires, etc.)

Setting up an Emergency response organization identified key personnel at the

mine with assigned duties and responsibilities for incident response and

emergency response.

Emergency actions plan with implementation procedures by emergency response

personnel for each scenario after emergency warning.

Details of safety measures to prevent accident and disaster.

Emergency notification by sending warning messages to identified agencies for

liaison and stake holders.

Setting up a permanent organization for completion of emergency and restoration

of normalcy by complying with health, safety, and environmental laws and

regulations

Disaster management plan for safe mining.

Supplementary response plans under mutual aid

Any other stipulations made by regulatory agencies for handling emergency

situations that may arise either from natural or manmade.



7- 5

7.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND MONITORING SYSTEM

7.3.1 General

Various measures have been proposed to implement for mitigating the adverse

impacts due to mining on the environment in the area. A separate wing

“Environmental Management Cell (EMC)” will be formed to look after the inspection

/ monitoring requirements. The mine management will undertake the control

measures in coordination with the State Forest Department, Regional APPCB and

Environmental consultant. The management of EMC shall be made an integral part of

the major activities of mining.

Mines Manager

Geologist (Incharge of Supervisor

Mine monitoring and

Supervision& APPCB/ MoEF works)

Dust Suppression Mate

Helpers

Fig.7.1 Organizational setup of EMC

Important records to be maintained by EMC are:

Field monitoring results for air, water, meteorology

Inspection records of slope failure, land erosion, drainage, Socio-economic

development.

Format to record / monitor plantation measures.

Nursery records

Environmental and related standards / norms

Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals



7- 6

Periodic medical examination (PME) records.

Records pertaining to laboratory equipment maintenance and calibration.

Complaints register (environmental pollution).

Records on water and electricity consumption.

Periodic progress records

Environmental audit records

Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution control.

7.4 IMPLEMENTATION

The following system shall be followed to see that the environmental scheme is

implemented as per schedule.

a) A separate wing will be created to see that the engineering measures such as

construction of garland drains and retention walls are taken up, wherever

necessary.

b) A crew attends for afforestation measures on a regular basis for culturing,

manuring and watering.

c) On an annual/quarterly basis, the quality of air, water, noise and soil will be

monitored to understand the status vis-à-vis the baseline data. This will enable the

management for taking up any corrective measures, if required. The frequency of

sampling will be as prescribed by the MOEF guidelines issued in this regard.

7.5 ACTIVITIES TO BE MONITORED / INSPECTED BY EMC

7.5.1 Land erosion

The mine activity will expose out the loose earthy material, which leads to soil

erosion through rainwater runoff, or wind action. This phenomenon should be

monitored regularly and necessary actions should be implemented. Garland drains

will be constructed around the mine area to avoid siltation of nearby lands/water

bodies. These constructed drains should be regularly inspected and the proponent

should take up desiltation works.



7- 7

7.5.2 Drainage

The general ground water table is found at a depth of about 10-35 m below ground

level in the surrounding area. The mining operations will not reach up to ground water

table. Hence, no ground water is likely to be encountered throughout the life of the

mine.

Garland drains are constructed for dump and mine area to collect rainwater into a

siltation pond. The collected water will be used for green belt development and water

sprinkling.

The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains and

sumps. Any blockage due to silting or accumulation of loose materials will be

checked on regular basis. Stone pitching, brick mounds etc. on drains shall also be

monitored.

7.5.3 Re-vegetation and green belt development

Green belt will be developed within Buffer Zone, in open places and along the

approach road on either side for a stretch of 0.8 km 1100 plants.

Planned schedule for green belt development will be checked after every year and

improvement required will be implemented. Post plantation status will be regularly

checked in every season. Phase wise development in the areas of plantation including

rate of growth, survival rate etc. will be recorded systematically.

7.5.4 Occupational health

Since it is opencast mining, health problems due to dust may be expected at various

locations (excavation & loading) during excavation of Colour Granite. Control

measures such as water sprinkling will be implemented at source areas by the

proponent.

Monitoring:

The efficiency of installed dust controlling equipments like water sprinkling system

should be monitored on regular basis. Measurements to determine employee ceiling

exposure can be taken during period of maximum expected air borne concentrations.



7- 8

Safety measures followed by the work force during mineral production (like usage of

PPE) should be monitored by the mine supervisor/management.

Control Measures:

Location of dust generation:

1. Mining area

2. Loading & Transportation

It is advisable to use dust collectors at source points and water sprinkling on haul

roads to suppress the dust generated, so that the workers will not get expose to the

dust.

Precautions:

By using various PPEs, the chances of occupational health disease will be

lowered.

Periodical medical checkups for lungs functioning and breathing.

First aid will be given for in case of emergency.

Each group of mine worker will undergo regular medical checkup at regular

intervals by specialist doctors.

Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted

from areas of spills until clean up has been completed.

The workmen especially who are literate should be sent for first aid training

conducted by the group vocational training center to maintain by the DGMS

(Director General of Mine Safety).

7.5.5 Operation and Maintenance:

The problem of occupational health in the operation and maintenance phase is

primarily due to dust and noise, which could affect the workers from respiratory and

hearing problems. The necessary personal protective equipments will be given to all

the workers. The working personal will be given to all the workers. The working

personnel will be given the following appropriate personnel protective equipments.

Safety helmets

Face shield

Plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends.



7- 9

Goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses

Cylindrical type earplug

Ear muffs

Dust mask

Self contained breathing apparatus

Leather apron

Safety belt

Leather hand gloves

Safety shoes with steel toe

Full-fledged hospital facilities will be available round the clock for attending

emergency arising out of accidents, if any. All working personnel will be medically

examined at least once in every year.

7.6 COMPLIANCE OF THE ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE:

7.6.1 Waste Dump Management Plan in the Mining plan.

228,950.40 m3 will be generated during the ensuing five years period with an average

of 45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the mining will be dumped in the

NW of the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha with an average height

of 10 m with 45 slope angle will be formed. A retaining wall will be constructed

around the dump for preventing the slanting of boulders. Construction of garland

drains, check dams will be done during the scheme period of mining. The generated

waste will be used for internal laying of roads and for reclamation during mine

closure.

Waste generation

S. No. Year Granite Waste in m3

1. 1st 37,794.40

2. 2nd 48,720.00

3. 3rd 45,578.40

4. 4th 48,613.60

5. 5th 48,244.00

Total 228950.4

Average 45790



7- 10

7.6.2 Tree Enumeration & Bio mass assessment.

TREE ENUMERATION OF CHAMALADINNE SRIDHAR Introduction

Trees are significant due to their rich species diversity, composition and structure over

small geographic scales often has been correlated with changes in topography and soil

characteristics (Naidu et al 2018). Trees form the major structural and functional basis

of forest ecosystems and can serve as robust indicators of changes and stresses at the

landscape scale (Suthari et al 2018). Trees are useful for analysis of species-area and

species-individual relationships because they are easy to locate precisely and to count

(Naidu and Kumar 2015). Trees are dominant plant growth form with considerable

economic uses and substantial base of information stand out as a good choice for one

of the taxa to be sampled in the monitoring programme.

The close bonding of humans with trees may be traced back to their arboreal ancestry.

Reposing under a tree is like being cuddled by a mother-comfortable and secured.

Trees are major constituents of forests, which are considered as the most valuable

natural resource and are of immense importance both to man and the nation (Pragasan

and Parthasarathy 2010). By sequestering carbon, releasing oxygen and losing a large

amount of water vapour, trees profoundly influence the environment. Trees bind the

soil, recycle minerals and regulate the course of rain water. Unparalleled in the variety

of useful products they give and the wide range of organisms they feed and shelter

(Naidu and Kumar 2016). Trees are essential for maintaining the health of

ecosystems. They are the largest and longest-lived immobile organisms and often an

amazing diversity of forms (Panda et al 2013; Premavani et al 2017).

The present study focused on species composition and diversity help informing

appropriate management and conservation plan. Conservation management also

requires data on tree species diversity and the forest community structure in order to

maintain necessary action (Suthari 2018; Gopalkrishna et al. 2018). In view of these

conditions, we enumerated trees and their diversity and distribution in proposed mine,

as part of Srikakulam district, aiming to provide fundamental data for appropriate

management strategies that will improve the ecosystem conservation status.

Objectives

To enumerate the trees, their population levels and structure in the study area

To assess the existing status of the trees quantitatively and qualitatively



7- 11

To know the diversity, density and dominance of the species in the study area.

Fig 7.2. Location of the study area

Study area

The study area is secondary dry deciduous forest in which all trees are growing with

less than 30cm girth. The primary forest completely degraded due to anthropogenic

activities. The tree begin to shed their leaves by about December and between

February and May the forest looks very open and at times eye-soaring, but no area is

completely leafless during the study period. Flowering and fruiting are generally far

advanced before the first flush of new leaves appears with the conventional showers

in April-May.

Diospyros sylvatica is perhaps the commonest tree in this area. Wrightia tinctoria,

Cochlospermum religiosum, Gardenia latifolia, Sterculia urens, Strychnos potatorum,

Ziziphus xylopyrus, Terminalia spp., Chloroxylon swietenia, Pterospermum

xylocarpum, Albizia chinense, Cassia fistula, Diospyros melanoxylon etc. are some of



7- 12

the typical trees; Flaucortia indica, Gmelina asiatica and Naringi crenulata are armed

trees present, at the edges of the mine. Holarrhena antidysenterica, Alangium

salvifolium, Bauhinia racemosa, Tarenna asiatica, Flacourtia indica, Helicteris isora,

Woodfordia fruticosa, Grewia rothii etc. are some of the common small trees found in

this area.

A number climbers and twiners are found in this type of forests. To mention, some of

them are Butea superba, Cansjera rheedii, Celastrus paniculatus, Combretum

ovalifolium, Dioscorea spp., Pueraria tuberosa, Ventilago denticulata, Mucuna spp.

etc.

Methodology

The field work on quantitative inventory was carried out by ground sampling, analysis

of dominant species and their common associates and interaction with forest officials.

The entire study area was divided into nine quadrats, which formed the sampling plots

for quantitative assessment of plant biodiversity (Fig 1). In the study area, thirty

quadrats with a size of 50m × 50m (7.5 Ha) were laid. All the live individual trees of

≥10 dia at breast height (DBH) were measured using a diameter tape and documented

all the individuals of various species. The representative plant taxa were collected and

identified with the help of regional floras (Rao and Sreeramulu 1986; Rao and Kumari

2002; Venkaiah 2004), AP state flora (Pullaiah et al 1997), e-floras and also with the

online herbarium catalogue of Royal Botanic Garden, Kew.



7- 13

Fig 7.3 Floristic survey and quantitative assessment of plant resources of Ch. Sridhar mine

Data analysis

The collected data were quantitatively analyzed for basal area, relative density,

relative frequency, relative dominance, importance value index (IVI) of tree species

(Curtis & Mc Intosh, 1950). The density and basal area (BA) of each species was

calculated on the basis of data recorded from all quadrats of the particular mine and

the values were expressed per hectare basis for comparison. The GBH was converted

into basal area (BA) as BA=GBH2/4π (Naidu et al 2016; Gopalkrishna et al. 2018).

Total number of quadrats in which a species occur Frequency = --------------------------------------------------------------------- × 100

Total number of quadrats studied

Total number of individuals of a species Density = -----------------------------------------------------------

Total number of quadrats studied

Total number of individuals of the species occurring Abundance = ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number of quadrats in which the species occur

Frequency of one species Relative frequency (RF) = --------------------------------------------------- × 100

Sum of all frequencies

Number of individuals of a species Relative density (RD) = ----------------------------------------------------- × 100

Total number of individuals of all species

Combined basal area of a single species Relative dominance (RDom) = --------------------------------------------------- × 100

Total basal area of all species

Importance Value Index (IVI) = RF + RD + RDom



7- 14

The diversity indices were calculated by using PAST software in core zone of the

project areas to know variation among the plant species. The data collected were also

used to compute community indices like species diversity (H') of different tree species

was calculated by using the Shannon- Weiner Index (Shannon and Weiner, 1963), as

such:

H' = -Σ (ni/N)/ n (ni/N),

Where, ni/N, which denotes the importance probability of each species in a

population, ni= Importance of value of species and N is the total number of

individuals of all species in that vegetation type. Species dominance (Cd) was

calculated following Simpson (Simpson, 1949): Such that

Cd = Σ (ni/N)2,

Where, ni and N are the same as those for Shannon-Weiner information function.

Equitability of evenness refers to the degree of relative dominance of each species in

that area. It was calculated according to Pielou (Pielou, 1966) as:

Evenness (e) = H'/log S, where, H'= Shannon index, S = number of species

Distributions of tree species were calculated using ration of abundance to frequency

(Whitford 1949). If the values lies below 0.025: regular, 0.025 – 0.05: random, and if

>0.05 contagious (Curtis and Cottam 1956).

Results

Floristic composition

A total of 66 species of trees ≥ 10 cm dbh belonging to 54 genera and 31 families

were recorded in the entire mine site (Table 1). The nine inventory quadrats in mine

site yielded a total of 1812 stem individuals ≥ 10 cm dbh (Diameter at Breast Hieght),

66 species encountered in the study area is given in Table1. An obvious variation in

presentation of tree species and proportion of dominant species in the mine site can

directly be attributed to rain fall distribution and favourable topographic conditions.

With regard to the number of species found within families, Mimosaceae was the

most diverse tree family in samples, being represented by 6 species, followed by

Euphorbiaceae and Rubiaceae (5 species each) and Verbenaceae and Ebenaceae (4

species each). Two families Anacardiaceae and Caesalpiniaceae represented by 3

species, ten families represented by 2 species and remaining families represented by

single species (Table 2). Within the family Ebenaceae, Diopyros was the most



7- 15

common genus, being represented by 3 species, whilst the Mimosaceae and

Verbenaceae were dominated by the genus Acacia, Albizia, Gmelina and Premna (2

species each) respectively.

Table 7.1. List of total trees enumerated in the proposed mine

S.No. Species Name Family No of individuals

1 Acacia catechu (L.f.)Willd. Mimosaceae 58

2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.)Willd. Mimosaceae 43

3 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Alangiaceae 72

4 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck)Merr. Mimosaceae 35

5 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.)Benth. Mimosaceae 7

6 Antidesma acidum Retz. Stilaginaceae 4

7 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Meliaceae 2

8 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae 13

9 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Euphorbiaceae 40

10 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Euphorbiaceae 35

11 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Anacardiaceae 20

12 Canthium dicoccum (Gaertn.) Merr. Rubiaceae 16

13 Careya arborea Roxb. Lecythidaceae 9

14 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Flacourtiaceae 31

15 Cassia fistulaL. Caesalpiniaceae 58

16 Chloroxylon swietenia (Roxb.) DC. Flindersiaceae 79

17 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Meliaceae 38

18 Cleistanthus collinus

(Roxb.) Benth. ex Hook.f.

Euphorbiaceae 26

19 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston Cochlospermaceae 10

20 Dalbergia paniculata(Roxb.) Thoth. Fabaceae 35

21 Dichrostachys cinerea Sensu R.Vig. Mimosaceae 11

22 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae 41

23 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae 30

24 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Ebenaceae 75

25 Euphorbia antiquorumL. Euphorbiaceae 5

26 Ficus racemosaL. Moraceae 43

27 Ficus semicordata Buch. ex J.E. Smith Moraceae 13

28 Flacourtia indica (Burm. f.) Merr. Flacourtiaceae 52

29 Gardenia latifolia Aiton Rubiaceae 11

30 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Burseraceae 26

31 Gmelina arborea Roxb. ex Sm. Verbenaceae 20

32 Gmelina asiaticaL. Verbenaceae 6

33 Grewia rothiiDC. Tiliaceae 25

34 Grewia tiliifoliaVahl Tiliaceae 27



7- 16

35 Ixora pavettaAndr. Rubiaceae 84

36 Lagerstroemia parvifloraRoxb. Lythraceae 1

37 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr. Anacardiaceae 58

38 Maba buxifolia(Rottb.) Pers. Ebenaceae 16

39 Mallotus philippensisMuell.Arg Euphorbiaceae 43

40 Manilkara hexandra(Roxb.) Dubard Sapotaceae 24

41 Memecylon eduleRoxb. Melastomataceae 15

42 Mimusops elengiL. Sapotaceae 1

43 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae 6

44 Morinda pubescensJ.E. Smith Rubiaceae 13

45 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) D.H.

Nicolson

Rutaceae 13

46 Ochna obtusataDC. Ochnaceae 2

47 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Hook.f.

& Thomson

Annonaceae 16

48 Premna latifoliaRoxb. Verbenaceae 19

49 Premna tomentosaWilld. Verbenaceae 6

50 Protium serratum (Wall. ex Colebr.)

Engl.

Burseraceae 30

51 Pterospermum xylocarpum (Gaertn.)

Oken

Sterculiaceae 13

52 Sapindus emarginatusVahl Sapindaceae 14

53 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Oken Sapindaceae 53

54 Semecarpus anacardiumL.f. Anacardiaceae 24

55 Sterculia urensRoxb. Sterculiaceae 44

56 Streblus asper Lour. Moraceae 7

57 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Loganiaceae 17

58 Strychnos potatorumL.f. Loganiaceae 20

59 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae 15

60 Tamarindus indicaL. Caesalpiniaceae 3

61 Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth Combretaceae 35

62 Terminalia chebulaRetz Combretaceae 16

63 Wrightia tinctoria(Roxb.) R.Br. Apocynaceae 104

64 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.)Taub. Mimosaceae 29

65 Ziziphus mauritianaLam. Rhamnaceae 30

66 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Rhamnaceae 25

Total 1812



7- 17

Table 7.2. List of dominant families with reference to species number

S.No Family Genera Species

1 Mimosaceae 4 6

2 Euphorbiaceae 4 5

3 Rubiaceae 5 5

4 Ebenaceae 2 4

5 Verbenaceae 2 4

6 Anacardiaceae 3 3

7 Caesalpiniaceae 3 3

8 Moraceae 2 3

9 Burseraceae 2 2

10 Combretaceae 1 2

11 Flacourtiaceae 2 2

12 Loganiaceae 1 2

13 Meliaceae 2 2

14 Rhamnaceae 1 2

15 Sapindaceae 2 2

16 Sapotaceae 2 2

17 Sterculiaceae 2 2

18 Tiliaceae 1 2

19 Alangiaceae 1 1

20 Annonaceae 1 1

21 Apocynaceae 1 1

22 Cochlospermaceae 1 1

23 Fabaceae 1 1

24 Flindersiaceae 1 1

25 Lecythidaceae 1 1

26 Lythraceae 1 1

27 Melastomataceae 1 1

28 Myrtaceae 1 1

29 Ochnaceae 1 1

30 Rutaceae 1 1

31 Stilaginaceae 1 1

Total 54 66

Quantitative ecological study of tree species

Floristic composition and species richness

A total number of 1812 individuals of tree species with >10 cm GBH were recorded

from 9 sample quadrates (2.25 Ha) of Ch. Sridhar mine. They represent 66 species

belonging to 54 genera under 31 families. The values of diversity indices such as



7- 18

Shannon-Weiner Index, Simpson Index and Evenness Index were calculated as 3.89,

0.97 and 0.74 respectively (Table 7.3).

Table 7.3. Biodiversity parameters of tree species enumerated in the mine

No. of tree species 66

No. of Genera 54

No. of Families 31

Number of individuals 1812

Stand density (No of stems/Ha) 805

Total Basal Area 15.29

Simpson index 0.9751

Shannon Weiner Index 3.89

Evenness Index 0.7412

Importance Value Index (IVI)

Species dominance is calculated based on the Importance Value Index (IVI) and was

calculated every species found in each study sites. It is usually practiced in ecological

scrutinizes; IVI indicates the ecological importance of a species in a specific

ecosystem which can be used for computing species conservation and management

through which species having low IVI value require soar protection preference. The

IVI for a species was calculated as the sum of its relative basal area, relative

frequency, and relative density and often to describe and compare the species

dominance of the sites.

The IVI depict the sociological structure of a species in its totality in community.

TheImportant value index (IVI) of the 66 species varied considerably (Table 5). The

IVI value of the top ten predominant species in each plot with their IVI values is more

for Wrightia tinctoria (18.6), Ixora pavetta (10.7), Chloroxylon swietenia (10.6),

Schleichera oleosa (10.4) and Diospyros sylvatica (9.85) are predominant tree species

with greater values in the study area. Quantitative values encountered in study area

are given in Table 5.

The population density of the 176 tree species varied considerably across the fifteen

study plots. Based on the population density, the top fifteen species were Wrightia

tinctoria (104 individuals) was the most abundant species in the study plots, followed

by Ixora pavetta (84), Chloroxylon swietenia (79), Diospyros sylvatica (75),

Alangium salvifolium (72), Acacia catechu, Cassia fistula and Lannea coromandelica

(58 each), remaining species represented by different individuals showed in Table 5.



7- 19

The present study on distribution pattern of tree species indicated that maximum

number of tree species i.e. 57 had contagious distribution whereas 8 species showed

regular and only one species had random distribution pattern in the present study. In

natural conditions, contagious distribution is most common type of distribution due to

significant variation in environmental conditions (Odum, 1971). Distribution pattern

of species in the study area is identified as contagious distribution as the value of A/F

ratio is 0.105. This distribution of species is contagious because of several ecosystems

contagiously distributed in the study area.



7- 20

Table 7.4. Importance Value Index (IVI) of tree species in the Ch. Sridhar mine

S.No. Species Name No of individuals

No of quadrats occurred

A F A/F D BA RF RD Rdom IVI Distribution

1 Acacia catechu 58 6 9.67 66.67 0.15 6.44 0.4055 2.33 3.21 2.652 8.19 Contiguous

2 Acacia leucophloea 43 5 7.17 55.56 0.13 4.78 0.2751 1.95 2.38 1.799 6.12 Contiguous

3 Alangium salvifolium 72 7 12 77.78 0.15 8 0.4286 2.72 3.98 2.803 9.51 Contiguous

4 Albizia chinensis 35 5 5.83 55.56 0.11 3.89 0.2378 1.95 1.93 1.555 5.44 Contiguous

5 Albizia odoratissima 7 1 1.17 11.11 0.11 0.78 0.0513 0.39 0.39 0.335 1.11 Contiguous

6 Antidesma acidum 4 1 0.67 11.11 0.06 0.44 0.0164 0.39 0.22 0.107 0.72 Contiguous

7 Azadirachta indica 2 1 0.33 11.11 0.03 0.22 0.0065 0.39 0.11 0.042 0.54 Regular

8 Bauhinia racemosa 13 2 2.17 22.22 0.1 1.44 0.0623 0.78 0.72 0.408 1.9 Contiguous

9 Bridelia montana 40 5 6.67 55.56 0.12 4.44 0.2213 1.95 2.21 1.447 5.6 Contiguous

10 Bridelia retusa 35 4 5.83 44.44 0.13 3.89 0.225 1.56 1.93 1.472 4.96 Contiguous

11 Buchanania lanzan 20 5 3.33 55.56 0.06 2.22 0.162 1.95 1.11 1.059 4.11 Contiguous

12 Canthium dicoccum 16 3 2.67 33.33 0.08 1.78 0.0882 1.17 0.88 0.577 2.63 Contiguous

13 Careya arborea 9 2 1.5 22.22 0.07 1 0.039 0.78 0.5 0.255 1.53 Contiguous

14 Casearia tomentosa 31 4 5.17 44.44 0.12 3.44 0.1481 1.56 1.71 0.968 4.24 Contiguous

15 Cassia fistula 58 9 9.67 100 0.1 6.44 0.4215 3.5 3.21 2.757 9.46 Contiguous

16 Chloroxylon swietenia 79 7 13.2 77.78 0.17 8.78 0.5425 2.72 4.37 3.548 10.6 Contiguous

17 Cipadessa baccifera 38 4 6.33 44.44 0.14 4.22 0.2781 1.56 2.1 1.819 5.48 Contiguous

18 Cliestanthus collinus 26 3 4.33 33.33 0.13 2.89 0.1712 1.17 1.44 1.12 3.72 Contiguous

19 Cochlospermum religiosum 10 2 1.67 22.22 0.08 1.11 0.0812 0.78 0.55 0.531 1.86 Contiguous

20 Dalbergia paniculata 35 7 5.83 77.78 0.08 3.89 0.2765 2.72 1.93 1.809 6.47 Contiguous

21 Dichrostachys cinerea 11 3 1.83 33.33 0.06 1.22 0.0749 1.17 0.61 0.49 2.26 Contiguous

22 Diospyros chloroxylon 41 5 6.83 55.56 0.12 4.56 0.2738 1.95 2.27 1.791 6 Contiguous

23 Diospyros melanoxylon 30 5 5 55.56 0.09 3.33 0.1858 1.95 1.66 1.215 4.82 Contiguous



7- 21

24 Diospyros sylvatica 75 7 12.5 77.78 0.16 8.33 0.4553 2.72 4.15 2.978 9.85 Contiguous

25 Euphorbia antiquorum 5 3 0.83 33.33 0.03 0.56 0.0311 1.17 0.28 0.203 1.65 Random

26 Ficus racemosa 43 5 7.17 55.56 0.13 4.78 0.3098 1.95 2.38 2.026 6.35 Contiguous

27 Ficus semicordata 13 2 2.17 22.22 0.1 1.44 0.0814 0.78 0.72 0.533 2.03 Contiguous

28 Flacourtia indica 52 8 8.67 88.89 0.1 5.78 0.2336 3.11 2.87 1.528 7.51 Contiguous

29 Gardeinia latifolia 11 2 1.83 22.22 0.08 1.22 0.0739 0.78 0.61 0.483 1.87 Contiguous

30 Garuga pinnata 26 3 4.33 33.33 0.13 2.89 0.1884 1.17 1.44 1.232 3.84 Contiguous

31 Gmelina arborea 20 3 3.33 33.33 0.1 2.22 0.1471 1.17 1.11 0.962 3.23 Contiguous

32 Gmelina asiatica 6 1 1 11.11 0.09 0.67 0.0359 0.39 0.33 0.235 0.96 Contiguous

33 Grewia rothii 25 3 4.17 33.33 0.13 2.78 0.1544 1.17 1.38 1.01 3.56 Contiguous

34 Grewia tiliifolia 27 6 4.5 66.67 0.07 3 0.1129 2.33 1.49 0.738 4.57 Contiguous

35 Ixora pavetta 84 8 14 88.89 0.16 9.33 0.4483 3.11 4.64 2.932 10.7 Contiguous

36 Lagerstroemia parviflora 1 1 0.17 11.11 0.02 0.11 0.005 0.39 0.06 0.033 0.48 Regular

37 Lannea coromandelica 58 7 9.67 77.78 0.12 6.44 0.3038 2.72 3.21 1.987 7.92 Contiguous

38 Maba buxifolia 16 3 2.67 33.33 0.08 1.78 0.07 1.17 0.88 0.458 2.51 Contiguous

39 Mallotus philippensis 43 6 7.17 66.67 0.11 4.78 0.5801 2.33 2.38 3.794 8.51 Contiguous

40 Manilkara hexandra 24 3 4 33.33 0.12 2.67 0.2254 1.17 1.33 1.474 3.97 Contiguous

41 Memecylon edule 15 3 2.5 33.33 0.08 1.67 0.1749 1.17 0.83 1.144 3.14 Contiguous

42 Mimusops elengi 1 1 0.17 11.11 0.02 0.11 0.01 0.39 0.06 0.065 0.51 Regular

43 Mitragyna parvifolia 6 2 1 22.22 0.05 0.67 0.0385 0.78 0.33 0.252 1.36 Regular

44 Morinda pubescens 13 4 2.17 44.44 0.05 1.44 0.1539 1.56 0.72 1.007 3.28 Regular

45 Naringi crenulata 13 3 2.17 33.33 0.07 1.44 0.1436 1.17 0.72 0.939 2.82 Contiguous

46 Ochna obtusata 2 1 0.33 11.11 0.03 0.22 0.006 0.39 0.11 0.039 0.54 Regular

47 Polyalthia cerasoides 16 2 2.67 22.22 0.12 1.78 0.0933 0.78 0.88 0.61 2.27 Contiguous

48 Premna latifolia 19 3 3.17 33.33 0.1 2.11 0.1343 1.17 1.05 0.879 3.1 Contiguous

49 Premna tomentosa 6 2 1 22.22 0.05 0.67 0.041 0.78 0.33 0.268 1.38 Regular

50 Protium serratum 30 3 5 33.33 0.15 3.33 0.427 1.17 1.66 2.793 5.62 Contiguous



7- 22

51 Pterospermum xylocarpum 13 1 2.17 11.11 0.2 1.44 0.1723 0.39 0.72 1.127 2.23 Contiguous

52 Sapindus emarginatus 14 3 2.33 33.33 0.07 1.56 0.1714 1.17 0.77 1.121 3.06 Contiguous

53 Schleichera oleosa 53 6 8.83 66.67 0.13 5.89 0.7805 2.33 2.93 5.105 10.4 Contiguous

54 Semecarpus anacardium 24 3 4 33.33 0.12 2.67 0.3588 1.17 1.33 2.347 4.84 Contiguous

55 Sterculia urens 44 7 7.33 77.78 0.09 4.89 0.5574 2.72 2.43 3.646 8.8 Contiguous

56 Streblus asper 7 2 1.17 22.22 0.05 0.78 0.0486 0.78 0.39 0.318 1.48 Contiguous

57 Strychnos nuxvomica 17 3 2.83 33.33 0.09 1.89 0.2586 1.17 0.94 1.692 3.8 Contiguous

58 Strychnos potatorum 20 5 3.33 55.56 0.06 2.22 0.1256 1.95 1.11 0.822 3.87 Contiguous

59 Syzygium cumini 15 4 2.5 44.44 0.06 1.67 0.3625 1.56 0.83 2.371 4.76 Contiguous

60 Tamarindus indica 3 1 0.5 11.11 0.05 0.33 0.0834 0.39 0.17 0.546 1.1 Regular

61 Terminalia alata 35 5 5.83 55.56 0.11 3.89 0.3954 1.95 1.93 2.586 6.47 Contiguous

62 Terminalia chebula 16 3 2.67 33.33 0.08 1.78 0.2448 1.17 0.88 1.601 3.65 Contiguous

63 Wrightia tinctoria 104 9 17.3 100 0.17 11.6 1.4232 3.5 5.75 9.308 18.6 Contiguous

64 Xylia xylocarpa 29 5 4.83 55.56 0.09 3.22 0.5648 1.95 1.6 3.694 7.24 Contiguous

65 Ziziphus mauritiana 30 5 5 55.56 0.09 3.33 0.2248 1.95 1.66 1.47 5.07 Contiguous

66 Ziziphus xylopyrus 25 4 4.17 44.44 0.09 2.78 0.166 1.56 1.38 1.086 4.02 Contiguous

Total 1812 302 2856 201 15.29 100 100 100 300



7 - 23

The distribution of girth classes suggests that tree species richness as well as density

decreased with increasing girth class and it shows reverse J pattern which is conformity

with many tropical trees in India. Girth class distribution showed that 11-20 cm class

having the greatest individuals with 561 (31%), followed by 21-30 cm with 482 (27%),

31-40 cm with 468 (25.8%), 41-50 cm with 153 (8.5%), 51-60 cm with 65 (3.6%), 61-70

cm with 64 (3.5%), 71-80 cm with 13 individuals and less abundance in higher girth class

with 5 individuals. Low tree density in lower girth class could be attributed to firewood

collection, timber collection, grazing activity, invasive weeds and forest fires. Basal area

showed the A-shaped curve which suggests a medium age forest (Fig. 7.4).

Fig 7.4. Girth class distribution of density and basal area in the study area

Present study showed the majority of species were observed in the frequency class B=

21-40% (26 spp.), followed by C=41-60% (17), C=61-80% (10), A=1-20% (9) and E=81-

100% (4) (Fig 4), this trend of frequency classes have been representing the

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

11 to 20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71-80 >80

No

of

ind

ivid

ula

s

Bas

al a

rea

Girth classes

Series1 Series2



7 - 24

heterogeneous nature of the forest community. The frequency of Raunkiaer’s classes was

followed the pattern of B>C>D>A>E. As per Raunkiaer, when classes B, C, D, A are

high, the community is considered to be heterogeneous; on the other hand, if the class E

is greater than another, it is a uniform or homogeneous community (Fig 7.5).

Fig 7.5. Raunkiaer’s frequency classes

Conclusion

Vegetation is an essential element of all major ecosystems. The present study indicated

that the proposed mine area is consisting secondary forest because more than 60% trees

are below 30cm girth. The results of our study can help the status of dominant tree

species including their diversity indices that will also help for monitoring and sustaining

the diversity of tree species to plan further on plantation and conservation of selected tree

species. Stand density of 1812 individuals will not clear in the proposed mine wherever is

necessary those trees will be cleared. The management should develop greenbelt around

the mine area with more than 4000 saplings.

References

Curtis JT, G. Cottom (1962) Plant Ecology Workbook. Burgers Publishing Co.,

Minnesota. PP: 163.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

A (1-20) B (21-40) C (41-60) D (61-80) E (81-100)

No

of

Spe

cie

s

Frequency classes



7 - 25

Curtis JT, McIntosh RP (1950) The interrelations of certain analytic and synthetic

phytosociological characters. Ecology. 31: 434-455.

Gopalkrishna P, Suthari S, Raju VS (2018) Natural regeneration in the tropical deciduous

forest ecosystem of Godavari valley in Warangal region of Telangana, India. Ind For

144(7):616–625.

Naidu MT, Kumar OA (2015) Tree species diversity in the Eastern Ghats of northern

Andhra Pradesh, India. J Threat Taxa 7(8):7443-7459.

Naidu MT, Kumar OA (2016) Tree diversity, stand structure and community composition

of tropical forests in Eastern Ghats of Andhra Pradesh, India. J Asia-Pac Biod 9:328-334.

Naidu MT, Premavani D, Suthari S, Venkaiah M (2018) Assessment of tree diversity in

tropical deciduous forests of North-central Eastern Ghats, India. Geol Ecol Landscapes

2(3):216-227.

Panda PC, Mahapatra AK, Acharya PK, Debata AK (2013) Plant diversity in tropical

deciduous forests of Eastern Ghats, India: a landscape level assessment. Int J Biod Cons

5(10):625-639.

Pielou EC (1966) The measurement of diversity in different types of biological

collections. J Theo Biol 13: 131-144.

Pragasan AL, Parthasarathy N (2010) Landscape-level tree diversity assessment in

tropical forests of Eastern Ghats, India. Flora 205:728-737.

Premavani D, Naidu MT, Kumar OA, Venkaiah M (2017) Diversity and distribution of

tree species in tropical forests of northcentral Eastern Ghats, India. Asian J Forestry 1(1):

27-32.

Pullaiah T, Chennaiah E, PSP Babu (1997) Flora of Andhra Pradesh. Scientific

Publishers, Jodhpur, India.

Rao GVS, Kumari GR (2002) Flora of Visakhapatnam district, Andhra Pradesh.

Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata, India.

Rao RS, Hara Sreeramulu H (1986) Flora of Srikakulam district, Andhra Pradesh. Indian

Botanical Society, Meerut, India.



7 - 26

Shannon CE, Weiner W (1963) The Mathematical Theory of Communication. University

of Illinois Press. Urbana, pp: 117.

Simpson EH (1949) Measurement of Diversity. Nature163:688.

Suthari S, Raju VS (2018) Tree species composition and forest stratification along the

gradients in the dry deciduous forests of Godavari valley, Telangana, India. Eur J Ecol

4(1):1–12.

Venkaia M (2004) Studies on the vegetation and flora of Vizianagaram district, Andhra

Pradesh. Andhra University, Visakhapatnam.

Witford PB (1988) Distribution of woodland plants in relation to succession and clonal

growth. Ecology. 36: 117-127.



7 - 27

BIOMASS ESTIMATION

Introduction

National level biomass inventories carried out based on remote sensing. However, the

uncertainty in biomass estimates persisted because CS and sequestration potential varied

due to numerous factors. Biomass varied at a spatial scale in any forest type even in a

small patch due to variation in microclimate. Accurate estimation method through

harvesting is not practically feasible because most of the forest ecosystems declared as

protected in several countries. Allometric equation provides an alternative estimation of

biomass accepted by the scientific community and UNFCCC. The biomass reserves

currently being depleting continuously from last two decades. Hence, the present study

was a preliminary work undertaken with the objectives to assess the biomass of trees in

the proposed mine lease area.

Methodology

Ground sampling, analysis of dominant species and their common associates and

interaction with forest officials carried out the fieldwork on quantitative inventory. The

entire study area was divided into nine quadrats, which formed the sampling plots for

quantitative assessment of plant biodiversity. In the study area, thirty quadrats with a size

of 50m × 50m (7.5 Ha) were laid. All the live tree individuals above 1 cm DBH (Dia at

Breast Height) were enumerated and its diameter at 1.37 m height was measured. The dia-

meter of each stem was measured and summed up for multistemmed trees. The

representative plant taxa were collected and identified with the help of regional floras

(Rao and Sreeramulu 1986; Rao and Kumari 2002; Venkaiah 2004), AP state flora

(Pullaiah et al 1997), e-floras and also with the online herbarium catalogue of Royal

Botanic Garden, Kew.

Data analysis

The Biomass (≥10 cm DBH) of trees was estimated with below the allometric equation

given by Brown, Gillespie, and Lugo (1989).

Biomass = 34.4703 — 8:0671× DBH + 0.6589 × DBH2



7 - 28

Results

The biomass of trees in the mine lease area is Acacia catechu showed greater value with

185.87 mg/ha followed by Acacia leucophloea, Ficus racemosa, Albizia odoratissima,

Antidesma acidum etc. Values of biomass reported in the Table 7.5.

Table 7.5. Species wise contribution of biomass in the mine lease area

S.No. Species Name Family Biomass (mg/ha)

1 Acacia catechu (L.f.)Willd. Mimosaceae 185.87

2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.)Willd. Mimosaceae 44.99

3 Ficus racemosaL. Moraceae 37.06

4 Albizia odoratissima (L.f.)Benth. Mimosaceae 14.04

5 Antidesma acidum Retz. Stilaginaceae 12.38

6 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Alangiaceae 11.8

7 Albizia chinensis (Osbeck)Merr. Mimosaceae 10.87

8 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Meliaceae 9.46

9 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae 8.53

10 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Anacardiaceae 7.04

11 Grewia tiliifoliaVahl Tiliaceae 6.93

12 Canthium dicoccum (Gaertn.) Merr. Rubiaceae 6.34

13 Casearia tomentosa Roxb. Flacourtiaceae 5.12

14 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr. Anacardiaceae 5.05

15 Cassia fistulaL. Caesalpiniaceae 4.34

16 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. Meliaceae 4.1

17 Morinda pubescensJ.E. Smith Rubiaceae 3.89

18 Ficus semicordata Buch. ex J.E. Smith

Moraceae 3.51


Euphorbiaceae 3.35

20 Grewia rothiiDC. Tiliaceae 3.04

21 Chloroxylon swietenia (Roxb.) DC. Flindersiaceae 2.62

22 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston

Cochlospermaceae 2.61

23 Bridelia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Euphorbiaceae 2.59

24 Gardenia latifolia Aiton Rubiaceae 2.44

25 Dalbergia paniculata(Roxb.) Thoth. Fabaceae 2.4

26 Dichrostachys cinerea Sensu R.Vig. Mimosaceae 2.24

27 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae 1.94



7 - 29

28 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. Ebenaceae 1.94

29 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Ebenaceae 1.93

30 Euphorbia antiquorumL. Euphorbiaceae 1.87

31 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae 1.71

32 Careya arborea Roxb. Lecythidaceae 1.65


Sterculiaceae 1.64

34 Gmelina asiaticaL. Verbenaceae 1.61

35 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Burseraceae 1.47

36 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Euphorbiaceae 1.46

37 Premna latifoliaRoxb. Verbenaceae 1.26

38 Manilkara hexandra(Roxb.) Dubard Sapotaceae 1.23

39 Gmelina arborea Roxb. ex Sm. Verbenaceae 1.15

40 Premna tomentosaWilld. Verbenaceae 1.09

41 Memecylon eduleRoxb. Melastomataceae 1.05

42 Maba buxifolia(Rottb.) Pers. Ebenaceae 0.82

43 Flacourtia indica (Burm. f.) Merr. Flacourtiaceae 0.79

44 Lagerstroemia parvifloraRoxb. Lythraceae 0.64

45 Strychnos nux-vomica L. Loganiaceae 0.61

46 Mallotus philippensisMuell.Arg Euphorbiaceae 0.6

47 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd. Rhamnaceae 0.57

48 Mimusops elengiL. Sapotaceae 0.55

49 Sterculia urensRoxb. Sterculiaceae 0.55

50 Wrightia tinctoria(Roxb.) R.Br. Apocynaceae 0.49

51 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) D.H. Nicolson

Rutaceae 0.3

52 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae 0.26

53 Strychnos potatorumL.f. Loganiaceae 0.19

54 Streblus asper Lour. Moraceae 0.18

55 Ixora pavettaAndr. Rubiaceae 0.17


Burseraceae 0.16

57 Ziziphus mauritianaLam. Rhamnaceae 0.08

58 Semecarpus anacardiumL.f. Anacardiaceae 0.06

59 Ochna obtusataDC. Ochnaceae 0.05

60 Polyalthia cerasoides (Roxb.) Hook.f. & Thomson

Annonaceae 0.04

61 Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth Combretaceae 0.04



7 - 30

62 Terminalia chebulaRetz Combretaceae 0.02

63 Sapindus emarginatusVahl Sapindaceae 0.02

64 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Oken Sapindaceae 0.02

65 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.)Taub. Mimosaceae 0.02

66 Tamarindus indicaL. Caesalpiniaceae 0.01

CHAPTER –VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 HA

CHAPTER-VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 1

8.0 GENERAL

The surrounding inhabitants are mainly agriculture oriented and daily labour.

Unemployment and under employment are the main problems of the inhabitants. No

displacement or evacuation of human settlement has been anticipated during mining

operation. Mining activity will help in improving the socio-economic status in the area

like employment, communication, education etc. It improves the living standard of the

people, supports for education and increase the ability of people to understand the

changes.

The following paragraphs will discuss the benefits that are obtained from this mining

activity.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT

The resumed operations of the mine will generate direct and indirect employment

opportunities for the local people. The mine will create employment for a total of

approximately 33 persons including skilled as well as semi-skilled staff directly.

Additionally, certain works like security will be outsourced on contract. The secondary

employment in the form of providing services to the employed manpower will also be

developed in the neighboring villages.

8.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Each group of mine workers undergo regular medical checkup at regular intervals by

specialist doctors as per Mines Act/ Rules and other social development and promotional

activities will be undertaken. PPE will be provided to the workforce.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The resumed operations of the mine will enhance the socio-economic activities in the

adjoining areas. This will result in following benefits:-

Improvements in physical infrastructure.

Improvements in social infrastructure.

Increase in employment potential

Prevention of illegal mining.

During and post-mining enhancement of green cover.



8 - 2

8.3.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure

Although the mining area is well connected with important places in the vicinity

however, the resumed operations of the mine will improve the physical infrastructure of

the adjoining areas. This will include the following:-

Improved road communication due to operation of the mine.

Strengthening of existing community facilities through the Community

Development Programme.

Creation of community assets (infrastructure) like provision for drinking water,

village roads/ linked roads, dispensary & health center, community center, market

place etc.

Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids,

family welfare programs, immunization camp sports & cultural activities, plantation

etc.

8.3.2 Improvements in Social Infrastructure

The mining activity shall create awareness with the local people for preferring permanent

services than seasonal agricultural activities. The activities will help them to analyze the

importance of education. With the increased amount of income, people can send their

children for higher education/professional courses. There will be some obvious changes

in various environmental parameters due to mining activity. There will also be positive

impact in socio-economic area due to increased economic activities, creation of new

employment opportunities, infrastructural development and better educational and health

facilities. Lessee will also undertake awareness program and community activities like

health camps, medical aids, family welfare camps, awareness program etc.

8.3.3 Prevention of Illegal Mining & Contribution to the Exchequer

Since the mine areas will be leased out to successful allottees, mining operation in the

state will be legalized and it will fetch income to the state exchequer. The proponent will

take due care to avoid illegal mining within the mine lease area. The production will be

as per approved mining plan after obtaining statutory clearances from respective

authorities. Providing fence along the mine boundary is not possible as the mine is



8 - 3

located on hilly terrain. Watch and ward is provided by the management to protect the

mine from unlawful entry.

8.3.4 Enhancement of Green Cover

Plantation/Afforestation will be done as per program i.e. along the road sides and near

civic amenities. Post plantation, the area will be regularly monitored in every season for

evaluation of success rate. For selection of plant species local people will also be

involved. The management will provide free saplings of fruit and other trees, etc. to local

during rain for plantation.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The mining project is likely to have other tangible benefits as given below.

Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like

transportation, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and other

community services.

Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.

Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and

medical facilities.

Overall change in employment and income opportunity.

The State Government will also be benefit directly from the mining project, through

increased revenue from royalties, excise duty.

CHAPTER –IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


CHAPTER-IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 1

9.0 INTRODUCTION

Any types of development project exert certain benefits and adverse impacts on the

surroundings. The major objective and benefit of utilizing Environmental Impact

Assessment in project planning stage itself, is to prevent avoidable losses of

Environmental resources and values as a result of Environmental Management Plan.

Environmental Management Plan includes protection/mitigation/enhancement measures

as well as suggesting post project monitoring program. Environmental Management Plan

may often suggest additional project operations that have to be incorporated in the

conventional operation.

Any development in the study area needs to be with judicious utilization of non-

renewable resources of the study area and within the limits of permissible assimilative

capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution

load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is

governed by dilution, dispersion, and removal due to physio-chemical and biological

processes. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable

development in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely as there are no

major polluting industries in the study area and likely to get economical fillip.

Environmental Management Plan aims at the preservation of ecosystem by considering

the pollution abatement facilities at the site inception.

Fully conscious towards Environmental responsibility the proponent mainly focuses,

apart from other relevant concerns, on the following important aspects,

a) Dust suppression measures by water sprinkling and

b) Proper maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

The different Environmental components that are identified in the assessment chapter are

dealt hereunder with necessary Environmental Management Plan.



9 - 2

Applicable Regulations

Following Regulations & policies with the amendments thereof need to be taken into

consideration under comprehensive environmental management systems (EMS)

programme as an integral part of the mine operation:

The Mines Act, 1952

The Mines and Mineral (regulation and Development) Act, 1957.

Mineral conservation and Development Rules (MCDR), 1988.

Mines Rules, 1955 for Health and Safety of Mining workers.

Section 21 of Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

Section 25 and 26 of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.

Gazette Notifications of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) as and when

notified for pollution prevention and control.

Applicable State Acts and Rules for Mining.

Directives of Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) in their Consent

Letters and Notifications.

EP Act 2006

Table: 9.1 EMP costing for the project

S.No Details Capital Cost (in Lakhs)

Recurring Cost (Lakhs)

per annum

Remarks

1 Air Pollution

Nose masks (Rs. 25/- each) - 0.3 Replaceable once in a week

Sprinkling system 3.5 KLD (Rs. 750/- for 1 tank of capacity 5KL)

0.5 2.0 Required daily on 250 working days

Wire saw cutting and Wet Drilling, 3.0 KLD

-- 0.5 Required daily on 250 working days

Graded road Construction -- 0.1

2 Water Pollution

Garland drains, Contour trenches, retention wall and siltation pond

1.0 0.05 Drains construction around the mine site



9 - 3

Construction of Septic tank 0.5 0.05 Cleaning twice in a year

3 Noise Pollution

Regular maintenance of machinery (2000/- per month)

-- 0.2

Ear muffs (Rs. 75/- each) -- 0.05 Thrice in a year

4 Occupational Safety and Health

First aid kits 0.1 0.04 Replaceable twice for every year

Fire extinguishers 0.1 0.06

PPE for all workers (hand gloves Rs. 30 /- each, helmets 500/- and Safety shoes 1500/- each)

-- 0.7

Regular health checkups -- 0.4 Carried out once in a year

Training and awareness programs on risk factors during emergencies

0.3 0.1

5 Environmental

Monitoring

Ambient air, water quality, Noise studies and Vibration studies

-- 0.75

6 Green belt development

Avenue Plantation along the approach road of 2.5 km stretch.

6.0 2.0 1000 plants with 80% survival rate

TOTAL 8.5 7.3

EMP BUDGET





9 - 4

CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER):

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar will follow Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) as

per O.M. File No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 01.05.2018.

The following measures will be taken to maintain a clean and sustainable environment in

and around the plant:

Integrate sound environmental practices in all its activities.

Promote development of innovate environment friendly processes

Improve employee commitment and responsibility towards environment protection

Promote environmentally responsible behaviour amongst contractual workforce and

suppliers.

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas and along the approach road.

CER activities by the proponent

Development of Infrastructure facilities in nearby schools

Health camps

Providing public toilets in nearby villages

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas

9.1 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Overall objectives of EMP are:

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental

impact and/or preventing such as occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect as environmental

resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

9.2 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The mining activity would result in the increase of PM concentrations due to fugitive

dust. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity would be undertaken and will be continued



9 - 5

as there is possibility for dust generation due to truck mobility. It will be ensured that

vehicles are properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission requirements.

Table: 9.2 Ambient Air Quality Standards

Concentration Microgram's per Meter Cube

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

100 60 80 80

Mitigative measures suggested for air pollution control are based on the baseline ambient

air quality monitoring data. From the point of view of maintenance of an acceptable

ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality should be monitored on a

regular basis to check it vis-à-vis the standards prescribed by CPCB and in case of non-

compliance, appropriate mitigative measures shall be adopted.

As per the results of ambient air quality monitoring data, the background concentrations

of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and Free Silica are within the stipulated CPCB standards.

9.2.1 Air Pollution Control Measures

Dust is the major pollutant generated from the mining operations. Dust would be

generated during mining, handling and transportation of the material. The Environmental

control measures are proposed to control the fugitive dust releases during the Colour

Granite production are given in the below table.

Table: 9.3 Air Pollution Control Measures

S.No Dust Source Control measure

1 Mineral

Exploration

Regular water spraying in working areas.

Practicing wet drilling and wire saw cutting

2 Haul Road

Compaction, gradation and drainage on both sides.

Proper maintenance.

Regular water spraying.

3 Truck

Movement

No overloading of trucks.

Trucks to be covered with tarpaulin while transporting



9 - 6

the material.

Enforcing speed limit of 25 KMPH.

In addition the following measures will be undertaken

Development of Green belt along the mine approach road.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and

mining face by truck mounted water tankers.

PPE will be provided to the workforce.

9.2.2 Controlling of Other Emissions

The other emissions are mainly SO2, NOx and the source would be from vehicles. But,

these emissions are very minimal. This will be controlled by proper maintenance and

servicing of vehicles.

9.3 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore no

post waste water monitoring required.

Water Pollution Management

There are no seasonal or perennial streams within the mine area. However, garland

drains are proposed to collect rain water.

In addition, contour trenches along with siltation pond are suggested at hill slope

and dump slopes.

The rain water collected in mine pit and siltation pond utilized for water spraying

on the haul roads and for watering plantation.

9.4 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING

There will be intermittent noise levels due to vehicular movement, trucks loading and

during mining operations.



9 - 7

No mining activities are planned during night time. Plantation will be developed all along

the mine buffer area which act as noise attenuator. The Management Plan for controlling

noise pollution is envisaged as follows.

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.


machines.

9.4.1 Parameters

The noise level recordings are measured in dB (A) Leq values, where dB (A) denotes the

time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A, which is relatable to

human hearing.

9.4.2 Methodology

Precision integrated sound level meters are being used for monitoring of Leq noise levels

in dB (A) scale at the work place and also in the surrounding villages.

9.4.3 Noise Quality Management

The following measures shall be implemented

Proper lubrication, fitting of effective silencers and good maintenance.

Provision of personnel hearing protective equipment to all workers likely to be

exposed to noise.

Restricting duty hours of operators likely to be exposed to higher noise levels.

The maintenance of natural vegetation as well as afforestation in the lease shall serve

as acoustic barriers.

9.4.4 Noise Pollution Control

The ambient noise level monitoring is carried out in and around the existing mine shows

that ambient noise levels are well within the stipulated limits of CPCB.



9 - 8

Noise generation may be for an instant, intermittent or for continuous periods, with low

to high decibels. Periodic inspection and checks of the risk prone areas and equipments

have to be conducted.

To control noise pollution during the mining operations following steps will be practiced.

Proper selection of machinery

Proper and timely maintenance of mining and plant machinery

Limiting speed of haulage vehicles/tippers

9.5 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

A total of approximately 14.0 KLD of fresh water is required for the mining activity

which will be met through water tankers. Water is required in the mine for spraying on

the roads and working faces to suppress the dust and also for use in the garage. Also a

small quantity of drinking water is required.

Fig 9.1 Water balance

14.0 KLD

(Water tankers)

Wet drilling (2.0 KLD)

Green Belt (4.0 KLD)

Dust Suppression (3.5 KLD)

No outflow No outflow No outflow

Domestic purpose

(1.5 KLD)

Septic Tank (Soak pit) (1.2 KLD)

Wire saw (3.0 KLD)

No outflow



9 - 9

9.6 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT

Trees are very suitable for detecting, recognizing and monitoring air pollution effects.

Monitoring of biological effects of air pollutant by the use of plants as indicators has

been applied on local, regional and national scale. Trees function as sinks of air

pollutants, besides their bio esthetical values, owing to its large surface area. Annual need

of oxygen for one person is met by 150 sq.m of leaf surface. So it is necessary to develop

green belt in and around the polluted site with suitable species to combat the air pollution

effectively. The plantation scheme covers the following areas

Plantation around peripheral portion of mine and other structures.

Haul road and approach road plantation.

Plantation by way of reclamation/rehabilitation of mined out blocks at the end of

mine life.

9.6.1 Tree Plantation Program

The main aim of plantation of mined out areas is to stabilize the land, to protect it from

erosion and provide an aesthetic landscape. During the ensuing scheme period, Green belt

will be developed within Buffer Zone, in open places and along the approach road on

either side for a stretch of 1.0 km 1000 plants.

9.6.2 Biological Management Plan

The mining activity will have impact on vegetation in the mine lease area and in order to

minimize the impacts, it is proposed to reclaim the entire plain areas at the end of mine

life with indigenous plant species as early as possible. Plantation programme is proposed

to be carried out in and around the mine lease area so that the natural habitat is restored.

9.6.3 Criteria for Selection of Species

Species to be selected should fulfill the following specific requirements of the area

Availability of seed material

Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adapts ability to eco-

physiological conditions.

Rapid growth



9 - 10

Capacity to endure water stress and climatic extremes after initial establishment

Differences in height, growth habits

Pleasing appearance

Providing shade

Ability of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen

Improving waste lands.

9.6.4 Design of green development

The greenbelt shall be developed around the mine to act as a sink for pollutants,

attenuation of noise levels and improvement in aesthetic quality of the plant. The

following criteria shall be adopted in the design of greenbelt:

1. Generally fast growing trees should be planted as otherwise it will take many

years for other types of trees to attain their full height.

2. Trees will be planted along the road side in such a way that there is no direct line

of sight when viewed from a point outside the foliage perimeter.

3. Trees growing up to 10 m or more in height with thick perennial foliage should be

planted around the plant.

4. Trees shall be planted staggered in each row (minimum three rows encircling the

perimeter of the plant).

5. Tree trunk being free foliage up to a height of 2 to 3 m, it is advisable to grow

shrubs in front of trees to give coverage to the open portion.

6. Greenbelt will be developed along the mine approach road.



9 - 11

9.7 SOIL MANAGEMENT

Top Soil Management

The top soil will be preserved within the lease area and the same will be used for

plantation, roads, filling ditches and reclamation whenever necessary.

Waste Management

About 2,28,950.40 m3 will be generated during the ensuing five years period with an

average of 45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the mining will be dumped in

the NW of the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha with an average height

of 10 m with 45 slope angle will be formed.

9.8 LAND ENVIRONMENT

9.8.1 Land use

The project covers a total ML area of 14.54 hectares of Govt. waste land. During the

ensuing scheme period an area of 5.071 hectares of land will be mined out and 5.874

hectares will be degraded till the end of the mine life.

At the end of mine life the resulting pit will be used as water harvesting pit after

backfilling with the available stored mineral waste. Barbed wire is proposed around the

mine pits to avoid accidents. The plain land will be developed with green belt to increase

soil stability.

9.8.2 Mine roads

Roads for haulage and access to different locations would be laid as per the statutory

regulations stipulated in the Metalliferous Mines Regulations, 1961. Some of the basic

features of laying the haul roads at the Mine Lease Area as required from environmental

and safety angle cover the following:

The road layout would be generally followed as per scheme shown in mine general

layout. The main haul road and feeder roads would be generally of 12m wide keeping

provisions for road side plantation.

The corners and bends would be made in such a way as to offer the vehicle operator,

a clear visibility of at least 30m along the road.



9 - 12

The alignment of haul roads and feeder roads may require alteration with the progress

of mining work.

9.8.3 Proposed Mitigating Measures

The land management plays an important role in reducing the adverse impacts caused by

surface mining operation. Land management is required in the key areas like land use

scheme with the ML area, calendar plan, mine bench advancement to arrest

indiscriminate degradation of landform, top soil preservation, soil erosion control and the

restoration of the mine pit. On each of these prime areas of land management, the

following schemes are proposed.

Land restoration:

The formed pits will be used for water storage after backfilling some extent of pits with

available stocked mineral waste. The plain lands left undisturbed within the mine area

will be encouraged to develop green belt with native and soil binding species. While,

reclaiming the mined out area, the original land form cannot be fully restored. There

would be some left out pit and depressions of varying depth which can serve as a

recharge pit by the impounding rain water. This would be beneficial in two aspects,

namely (i) it may recharge the spring table by seepage of water through cracks and joints

and (ii) the impounded water reservoir can be utilized for development of afforestation.

9.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY

The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct and

indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hrs.



9 - 13

The mines department will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines Act. In

addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal participants from

Management and Workers.

Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) will be issued to each worker. Other safety

equipments shall be used according to the nature of job involved.

9.9.1 Occupational Health and Safety Measures

Mining profession involves exposure of workers to open area & dusty environment

requiring assessment of likely impacts on the health aspects. Workers are prone to be

affected by respiratory and pulmonary diseases, apart from health hazards related to

water pollution, noise and vibrations. Health impact assessment will be undertaken by

studying the nature of the mining activities and its impact. The proponent will appoint a

doctor well versed with occupational health surveillance to meet the medical needs of the

employees. The employees will be subjected to medical examination on an annual basis.

The medical histories of all the employees shall be maintained in a standard format.

These medical histories over a period will show if there is occupation related

deterioration in the employees’ health. The budget allocated for occupational health &

safety measures is Rs. 1.3 lakhs per annum.

Fugitive dust, noise and fines, may affect the health of workers, safety of employees

during operation will be taken care of as per Mine Regulations Act, 1961. To avoid any

adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust and noise sufficient measures have

been provided in the mining project. These may include:

It should be ensured that all employees are adequately trained and qualified to

perform their duties. Visitors must be familiarized with the safety precautions of the

mine.

One occupational health and safety officer will be employed by the mine.



9 - 14

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,

toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression of haul road.

First aid facilities within lease area.

Height, slope shall be developed as per the approved mining plan.

Regular medical examination shall be conducted for the employees.

Working benches shall be developed as per approved mining plan.

9.9.2 Public Health Implication, Occupational Health Survey Program and First Aid:

According to ILO and WHO, occupational health should aim at the promotion and

maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well being of workers in

all occupations; the prevention amongst workers of departures from health caused by

their working conditions; the protection of workers in their employment from risks

resulting from factors adverse to health. In brief, as applicable for Sri Chimaladinne

Sridhar mine, any employee should not have any health risk due to its assigned

occupation and should not lose the productivity of the employee on health ground. So far

and as per the health checkups conducted, none of the employees have any abnormal

findings. Rest other occupational ailments are not alarming and medical treatment as well

as counseling will be provided to all employees periodically.

An occupational health survey program includes:

Preliminary screening of all the employees for their baseline health condition.

Medical evaluation of workers condition before joining to the duty.

Educating the workers w.r.t. the safety conditions & occupational health diseases.

Refresher Training will be provided on malaria eradication, health effects on

exposure to mineral dust.

Regular health checkups for all the workers will be conducted.

Data base will be created for individual worker and will be updated regularly to

compare the health status.

Ergonomic Program Manager will take care of all the needs of OH & S.

Doctor specialized in Occupational Health will be appointed for special needs.



9 - 15

Mine Safety

Mine Safety is a statutory requirement which will be fully complied at Sri Chimaladinne

Sridhar mine. Mining area will be fenced off to prevent falling down of man and animals.

Proposed security will be providing to prevent pilferage or theft.

Fuels:

No fuel is required for minerals processing. Only diesel oil is required for operation of

mining machineries and mine vehicles. The average monthly consumption is around 20

KL diesel oil.

9.10 PROJECT COST

Cost Estimates of the Project

The Total cost of the project would be around Rs. 65.0 Lakhs.

EMP BUDGET



CHAPTER –X

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


CHAPTER-X SUMMARY &

CONCLUSIONS

10 - 1

10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee was granted a quarry lease for Colour Granite over an

extent of 14.54 Hectares in Sy.No.1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigam Mandal, Srikakulam

District of Andhra Pradesh.

The project is for Environmental Clearance, initially TOR application for the same was

submitted to SEAC, Andhra Pradesh and was considered in the SEAC meeting held on

03.12.2019. Obtained ToR vide Lr. No: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/VIO/02/2015/227-114

Dated: 07.01.2020.

The lease area is located in Survey of India, Toposheet No: 74B/6 between the Latitude:

18°41'14.77"N and Longitude: 84°14'54.30"E.in Bellukola Village, Nandigam Mandal,

Srikakulam District of Andhra Pradesh.

10.1 RECOMMENDATIONS

The regular medical check-up of workers is to be carried out. The general environmental

awareness is given to the local workers. Regular maintenance of vehicle is carried out.

Slogans of Environment, health & safety are recommended for display in local language.

Hence significantly there is no likely impact is envisaged due to mining activity. The

management must keenly celebrate the importance of World Environment Day to create

awareness amongst the workers. Conservation of soil and water must be emphasized not

only at works but also at their own place. With implementation of Environment

management plan and providing continual improvement the mine may be accorded

environmental clearance.

Adequate measures will be taken for control of noise at source.

Intensive green belt will be developed all around mining premises.

Control of dust emissions.

Consequently,

This project aims at keeping the key industries within the country well supplied with

an essential raw material


CHAPTER-X SUMMARY &

CONCLUSIONS

10 - 2

Does not give rise to any adverse biophysical or socio-economic impacts

No rehabilitation required

The project has significant positive socio economic aspects such as generation of

employment

Acceptable impact on environmental parameters

The EMP should be implemented by senior qualified environmental personnel who have

competency and credibility to interpret the requirements of the EIA and EMP. A detailed

record of all activities related to environmental and social management should be retained

for review. The audit findings should be made available to the relevant environmental and

local authorities.

CHAPTER –XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


FOR SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR – 14.54 HA CHAPTER-XI


11 -1

11.0 DISCLOSURE OF NABET ACCREDITED ORGANIZATION FOR EIA STUDIES

This chapter provides the overview of the consultants engaged in EIA studies.

11.1 ABOUT SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS (SVELC)

Pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam, the Evergreen Union Territory of

Puducherry, to cater quality service in the area of environmental pollution. The laboratory

serves have been set up in an extent of 7500 sq.ft in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam.

To provide Analytical expertise in the field of Environmental Engineering. Our technical

expertise is one among the best in the country, providing economical & sound

environmental and safety solutions.

SVELC is an ISO 9001:2008 company and is accredited by:

ISO 9001:2008

ISO 14001: 2004

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of

India, New Delhi

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered

Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in

the field of testing

OSHAS 18001: 2007

11.2 SERVICES OFFERED BY SV ENVIRO

Environmental:

Environmental Impact Assessments

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Audits preparation

Solid and hazardous waste management

Risk assessment and disaster management plans

Occupational health and safety studies

Socio-economic studies

Marine impact assessment




11 -2

Rehabilitation and resettlement studies

Analysis:

Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc

Industrial emission source monitoring

Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments

Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc

Noise quality monitoring

Work zone source emission analysis

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for

category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for

the last 10 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change.




11 -3

Fig: 11.1 – NABET Certificate




11 -4

Fig: 11.2 – NABET validity extension

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – I

TOR COPY

ANNEXURE – II

MINING PLAN

&

DRAWINGS

ANNEXURE – III

CLUSTER LETTER

& MAP

ANNEXURE – IV

CLUSTER EMP

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar (Extent – 14.54 Ha) Cluster EMP

Page 1 of 16

CLUSTER ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

Submission to

The State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA)

and State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC)

Andhra Pradesh.

of

SRI CHIMALADINNE SRIDHAR

COLOUR GRANITE (Srikakulam Blue)

Extent: 14.54 Ha, Sy. No: 1 of

Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District A.P.

Prepared by

SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS Environment Engineers & Consultants In Pollution Control

H.O: Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam – 530 012 Ph: 0891-2755528, Tel/Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected]

Ph: 9440338628 QCI NABET Accredited & Recognized by MOE&F, New Delhi


Page 2 of 16

1.0 INTRODUCTION:

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar has been granted a quarry lease for Colour Granite

(Srikakulam Blue) over an extent of 14.54 Ha., in Sy.No. 1 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

vide Proc.No.1279/D1-2/2020, Dt.03.11.2020 for a period of 20 years. The

Assistant Director of Mines & Geology, Tekkali, Srikakulam has executed the

Quarry lease deed vide Proceeding No.1899/Q//2014, Dt.24.12.2020 for a period

of 20 years from 26.12.2008 to 25.12.2028.

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar proposes for environmental clearance for Colour

Granite mine over an Extent of 14.54 Ha, in Sy. No: 1 of Bellukola Village,

Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District, Andhra Pradesh.

Accordingly, the project proponent applied for TOR to the State Environmental

Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Andhra Pradesh, and TOR presentation

has been made before the SEAC, Andhra Pradesh committee and the TOR has

been issued by AP SEIAA vide order no: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/12/2020/ 2641-

267, Dt: 07.07.2021.

A certificate about the existing quarries within 500M radius range around the

periphery of the proposed quarry has been obtained vide Letter No. 1889/Q/2014;

dated 24.12.2020 from the Assistant Director of Mines & Geology, Tekkali,

Srikakulam District, so as to ascertain whether the existing quarries in the said

range from a cluster situation and to prepare the EMP accordingly.

1.1 CLUSTER FORMATION:

The existing quarry lease was granted for Colour Granite (Srikakulam Blue) over

an extent of 14.54 Ha., in Sy.No. 1 of BellukolaVillage, Nandigama Mandal,

Srikakulam District in favour of Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar vide Proc.No.1279/D1-

2/2020, Dt. 03.11.2020 for a period of 20 years. As per EIA notification DT: 14th

Sep, 2006 & its amendments EMP has to submitted to get Environmental

Clearance (EC) as B2 project.

As per MoEF & CC notification S.O. 141(E) dt: 15th January, 2016 “A cluster shall

be formed when the distance between the peripheries of one lease is less than 500

m from the periphery of other lease in a homogeneous mineral area” and the


Page 3 of 16

proposed mine is having three working mines area included applied area covering

in Bellukola Village, Nandigam Mandal, Srikakulam District.

As per S.O.2269 (E) dt 1st July, 2016 “(6) A cluster shall be formed when the

distance between the peripheries of one lease is less than 500 meters from the

periphery of other lease in a homogeneous mineral area which shall be applicable

to the mine leases or quarry licenses granted on and after 9th September 2013” and

mine leases not operative for three years or more and leases which got

environmental clearance as on 15th January 2016 shall not be counted for

calculating of cluster, but shall be included in the Environmental Management Plan

for cluster.

1.2 LOCATION OF THE MINE:

The above said applied quarry lease falling in Topo sheet No. 74 B/6. The details

of mines located 500 meters peripheral of the proposed projects covering in

Ballekola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District.

1.3 CLUSTER CLASSIFICATION AND LOCATION DETIALS:

A certificate about the existing quarries within 500 M radius range around the

periphery of the proposed quarry has been obtained from the Assistant Director,

Mines & Geology, Srikakulam, Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Assistant

Director, Mines & Geology, Srikakulam to ascertain whether the existing quarries

in the said range from a cluster situation and to prepare the EMP accordingly the

certificate & cluster map.

As per cluster notification by MoEF&CC mines which not executed lease or

Environmental Clearance before 9th September 2013 were considered and

were included in preparation of cluster EMP. As per records of the ADM&G,

Srikakulam vide Lr. No. 1899/Q/2014 Dt: 24.12.2020 there is three existing

mine were present within 500 mtrs radius proposed mine. However, the three

existing mines which were granted after to 09.09.2013. As per the notification,

the mines, which were granted after 09.09.2013, will be considered for cluster

count. However, cluster EMP is prepared for the four mines. The cluster

details are given below.


Page 4 of 16

Cluster Mine Details:

*The total considered area for cluster is 29.199 Ha

SI. No.

Name of the applicant

Extent (Ha)

Village Mandal TOR/EC Order No. Lease Period Work order Proceedings

1. Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

14.54 Bellukola Nandigama,

Srikakulam

TOR: SEIAA/AP/SKM/MIN/12/

2020/ 2641-267 Dt: 07.07.2021

LOI Issued Notice No. 1279/D1-2/2020 Dt: 03.11.2020

2. Sri U. Ankala Rao 3.0 Bharathupuram Nandigama, Srikakulam

EC Order: SEIAA/AP/SKM-104/2013;

Dt.12.10.2017

24.08.2018 to 23.08.2038

Proceeding No.612/Q//2010, Dt.24.08.2018

3. U. Ankala Rao 5.0 Bharathupuram Nandigama, Srikakulam

EC Order: SEIAA/AP/SKM-104/2013;

Dt.12.10.2017

13.12.2018 to 12.08.2038


4. U. Ravi 6.659 Bharathupuram Nandigama, Srikakulam

EC Order: SEIAA/AP/SKM-120/2013-

5294; Dt.25.10.2013

14.12.2018 to 13.08.2038


Total 29.199


Page 5 of 16

Boundary Coordinates of Individual Mines:

2.0 Geology:

The regional geology is a part of Eastern Ghat Group of rocks consisting of

Charnockite, Khondalite and Granitoids, a variety of hybrid rock formed by the

interaction of Intrusive Granite into the Khondalite. The Eastern Ghat group attains

a maximum thickness in the Ganjam – Cuttack tract. It occurs as ridges trending

NE-SW. The Eastern Ghat belt exhibits high grade metamorphism as evidenced by

the presence of Garnet and Silliminite. The Charnockite shows intrusive relation

towards Khondalite and ha itself under gone post magmata changes. Felspathic

bands are common and are due to Granitisation.

2.1 Mineable Reserves:

i. Mode of Mining, Recovery factors etc.,

Method of mining is opencast mining with semi – mechanization like

excavators and tipper/tractor combination with drilling

SI. No.

Name of the applicant

Extent (Ha.) Points North Latitude East Longitude

1 Sri


14.54

P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

P6

18°41'14.77540"N

18°41'21.76690"N

18°41'17.87580"N

18°41'15.10010"N

18°41'10.75930"N

18°41'08.33370"N

84°14'54.30187"E

84°15'05.20350"E

84°15'11.42180"E

84°15'12.83110"E

84°15'16.46660"E

84°15'04.19150"E

2 Sri U. Ankala

Rao 3.0

-- -- --

3. U. Ankala Rao 5.0

-- -- --

4. U. Ravi 6.659

-- -- --


Page 6 of 16

The waste generated during the mining will be preserved in the

earmarked area within the mine

No processing operations are involved

ii. Reserves Estimation

The reserves were re estimated depending on the geological study of the

area during preparation of scheme of mining and are presented below

iii. Minerals blocked due to presence of / Maintenance of benches, barriers

electrical lines etc.

Minerals will be blocked in 7.5 m safety buffer at barriers, and

Mineral blocked in safety benches

iv. Total Mineral Reserves

These are the reserves that can be actually be mined. These can be computed

after deducting the quantities of material that should be left out for safety of the

mine but here the reserves indicated are inclusive of material that will be

locked up in the final pit and in the safety zone.

RESERVES IN CLUSTER OF MINES

2.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

MINING PROCESS


forming benches and the height may vary between 3 to 6 m and the width will be 8

m. Drilling will be carried out by using compressor and jack hammer. Diamond

Wire saw will be used for cutting the big chunk of boulder in to smaller blocks.

Hydraulic excavator will be used to load the blocks and waste generated in the

quarry.

S.

No.

Name of the

applicant

Geological

Reserves (Cbm)

Mineable

Reserves (Cbm)

Mine Life

(Years)

1. Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar

3443560 2839502 47 years

2. Sri U. Ankala Rao

-- -- --

3. U. Ankala Rao

-- -- --

4. U. Ravi

-- -- --


Page 7 of 16

Production Details of Cluster within 500 m:

Baseline Environment, Impact assessment and Mitigation:

As per mining plan the existing mine will produce, 57237.60/Five years =

11447.52m3 per Annum of Colour Granite, and 45790.08 m3 per annum of solid

waste will be generated during mining operation.

Water Environment:

Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar – 14.54 Ha.,

There is no water streams flowing through the QL applied area hence impact on surface

runoff is not envisaged. During mining operation runoff will be collected in pit and used

for mining operations like wetting of haul roads and Machine maintenance etc. Around

14.0 KLD of water will be required for the project activity. Water requirement will be met

through water tankers. Water is required in the mine for spraying on the roads and

working faces to suppress the dust and also for use in the garage. Also a small quantity of

drinking water is required.

3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Open cast method of Colour Granite quarrying will result in some adverse impacts

on the surrounding environment and the magnitude and impact of the

SI.

No.

Name of the

applicant

Colour Granite –

Maximum Production

(m3/Annum)

Waste

(m3/Annum) Land

1. Sri


12180 57237.60 Govt. Land

2. Sri U. Ankala Rao

-- -- Govt. Land

3. U. Ankala Rao -- -- Govt. Land

4. U. Ravi -- -- Govt. Land


Page 8 of 16

Environmental pollution depends on method of mining, scale and concentration of

mining activity.

The following are the possible impacts while carrying out the quarrying activities.

Change in land use pattern

Waste generation

Impact on flora & fauna around quarry site.

Dust generation during quarrying and transportation

Silting of local water bodies due to soil erosion

Vibrations and impact on surroundings

Noise from quarrying operations.

However the above impacts can be mitigated with proper Environmental

Management Plan supported by adequate financial allocation.

3.2 WASTE GENERATION

Solid waste

About 42000 228,950.40 m3 will be generated during the ensuing five years period

with an average of 45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the mining will

be dumped in the NW of the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha

with an average height of 10 m with 45 slope angle will be formed. A retaining

wall will be constructed around the dump for preventing the slanting of boulders.

Construction of garland drains, check dams will be done during the scheme period

of mining. The generated waste will be used for internal laying of roads and for

reclamation during mine closure.

Liquid Waste:

The liquid waste will be mainly run of rain water during monsoon months from the

Quarry face. The rain water draining the exposed rocks, fragment and dust in the

quarry is susceptible for incorporating the above as suspended solids into the

runoff. Seepage of such water down to the water table may cause pollution to the

ground water.


Page 9 of 16

However there is no scope for run off rain waste, as the quarrying is above the

ground level. Only rain water will be collected in the lease low elevation portion

and the same will be used for greenbelt development, Dust depression.

Very small quantity of waste water will be generated from domestic consumption.

3.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT:

Solid waste:

About 228,950.40 m3 will be generated during the ensuing five years period with

an average of 45790 m3/annum. The waste generated during the mining will be

dumped in the NW of the quarry lease applied area over an area of 2.250 Ha with

an average height of 10 m with 45 slope angle will be formed. A retaining wall

will be constructed around the dump for preventing the slanting of boulders.

Construction of garland drains, check dams will be done during the scheme period

of mining. The generated waste will be used for internal laying of roads and for

reclamation during mine closure.

Liquid Waste:

Since the stone is free toxic minerals, there will not be any toxicity in the collected

rain water. As no chemical activity is involved in the quarry operations, treatment

of waste water is not required.

The rain water collected in the lease area lowest elevated portion and the same will

be used for sprinkling on roads for wetting and mitigate the dust pollution, wetting

and also some quantity will be used in Machinery maintance.

The small quantity of waste water generated from domestic consumption will be

sent to septic followed by a soak pit.

3.4 AIR POLLUTION

Dust Generation during quarrying operation and transportation

Dust will be generated during the quarry operation and handling of extracted stone,

which needs to be controlled to mitigate the pollution.

Hence dust will be generated during movement of transportation vehicles.

The following measures are proposed to mitigate pollution due to dust emissions.


Page 10 of 16

Developing tree cover all along the periphery of the cluster of mines to reduce

dust impact

Sprinkling water at frequent intervals on the haul road to reduce dust

generation during plying of dumpers.

Periodic maintenance of haulage roads.

Wetting of road from quarry site to village road.

Spraying water over the ROM to be loaded to reduce dust generation during

loading operation.

Developing plantation along the mining leases cluster boundary and outside

roads to reduce spread of dust.

Green Belt Development Plan

Green belt is proposed to be developed in the buffer zone and other vacant area on

the bunds formed with top soil removed during the quarrying for mitigating the air

pollution due to fugitive dust emissions and the noise generated. Native species

like Neem, Mango, Pongamia, Eucalyptus etc will be planted.

3.5 IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA

Vegetation in the area is moderate and is mainly in the form of thorny bushes,

small shrubs and some tress.

On the other hand green belt is proposed to be developed nearby areas.

Plant species like Neem, Mango & Eucalyptus will be used to develop green

belt.

Sapling consisting of Neem, Teak will be planted along the cluster buffer zone

and the top soil bunds. Ade foot of the hill.

3.6 VIBRATIONS AND IMPACT

No blasting will be practiced in the present existing mine for winning the mineral.

3.7 NOISE SOURCESS AND CONTROL MEASURES

The main sources of noise in mining activity are drilling, material handling

machinery, loading equipment, etc. The noise generated by the machinery and

vehicles as well as drilling operations will be minimal in the range of maximum

100dB.


Page 11 of 16

Following mitigation measures would control noise pollution:

Maintaining the machinery in good condition by properly lubricating all

moving parts.

Providing earmuffs, ear plugs etc. to workers.

Using hydraulic drills for drilling.

Avoiding secondary blasting by using rock breakers.

Developing thick greenbelt around the cluster and along the approach roads

along the haulage roads.

Limiting the use of horns by the drivers of the vehicles.

3.8 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The major risks associated with quarrying are drilling risks, slope failure; and

filling of mine pit with rain water etc.

Risk analysis involves systematic identification and assessment of major damage

potential credible risk scenario to help management to make objective decisions on

hazards reduction or avoidance measures meeting regulatory requirements and

develop a structured management framework for an effective Disaster

Management Plan including emergency preparedness and contingency plans.

The planning for mitigating the emergency involves the reorganization of the

accident or possible assessing the consequences of such possible accident and

deciding on emergency planning/procedures in advance.

Both on site & off site that would be necessary to be implemented in the event of

emergency without any delay and confusion.

Proper bench design in mines and observing safety measures for transportation

storage, handling of material & fuels, etc, good maintenance of vehicles, roads, and

fire prevention measures shall go in preventing disaster/accidents.

Mining shall be carried out as per Regulation of the MMR 1961 & rules and

Regulations made there under applicable. The project in charge is having a

mobile/alternative communication for quick intimation of information if need

arises.


Page 12 of 16

As the quarry operation is open cast, only possible risk is collapse of quarry/ pit

sides when people are working. For this proper bench slope will be maintained as

per the mining plan.

Mining operation will not be conducted during rainy days to avoid any collapse of

the overburden into mine pit.

.The quarry area is to be provided with good communication facilities like

telephone & mobile phone or wireless walky talks.

In case of any minor/major accidents within the mine, the same will be

communicated to the DGMS officials, the District Magistrate and Mines &

Geology officials concern and local authorities concern.

A vehicle is kept all the time at the quarry site for conveyance.

The workmen in the project are periodically trained at group vocational training

center for proper safety training as per the DGMS circulars.

At quarry level first aid facility is provided and person(s) will be shifted to nearest

major hospital.

A key person will be assigned duties and responsibilities for incident response and

emergency response at the quarry. At mine level first aid will provide and person

shall be shifted to nearby government hospital, having all basic facilities and

qualified medical officer who is capable of handling normal accidents.

In case of high risk accidents injured will be shifted by department vehicle to well

equipped hospitals at Tekkali which is about 8.15 kms from quarry site.

Quarry manager is the person responsible of the disaster management and he need

to be contacted in case of any disaster.

3.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

As a measure of occupational safety & health, the following facilities will be

provided to the workmen;

Providing Dust masks to prevent exposure to dust

Providing ear muffs/ear plugs for protecting from adverse affects of noise


Page 13 of 16

Monitoring the health of the workers on regular basis Periodical Medical

Examination (PME) as per Mines Rules 1956.

Providing First Aid Facility at the work site.

Providing basic amenities to the quarry workmen.

3.10 BUDGETS FOR IMPELEMENTATION OF EMP

The Environmental Management plan involves:

Dust Suppression measures

Green Belt Development,

Undertaking periodical Environmental monitoring

Garland drains and retention wall

Providing personal protective equipments

3.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

Monitoring Strategy

The monitoring of various environmental parameters is necessary and is a part of

the environmental protection measures. Monitoring is as important as that of

controlling, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring.

A well-defined environmental monitoring program would be taken up to monitor

the ambient air to check whether the quality of air is maintained within the

permissible limits.

The following environmental attributes should be monitored:

Air pollution.

Noise pollution

Workers Health

Locations and frequency of monitoring should be as per the guide lines of APPCB

and MOEF.

AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

As per MoEF, there is a need to identify 3 ambient air stations at 1200 angle

keeping the main source in the center.


Page 14 of 16

The ground level concentrations of suspended particulate (PM10 &PM2.5,), sulphur

dioxide SO2 and Nitrogen Oxide (NOX) in the ambient air outside the quarry

boundaries shall be monitored at regular intervals.

Any deviation from predicted /expected values shall be investigated and necessary

action be taken.

NOISE MONITORING

Noise levels in the work space environment will be monitored periodically. If any

deviation is observed necessary corruptive measures will be taken.

Monitoring noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance of

schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.

A good quality sound pressure level meter is essential for this purpose.

This work can be handled by out sourcing the surveillance is for the benefit of the

workers will being and to keep track of machine wear.

WORKERS HEALTH

Regular health check up of workers will be carried out at the nearest hospital once

at least 5 Years as per the Rule 29 of Mines Rules 1955.

3.12 POST CLOSURE PLAN

Based on the estimation of mineable reserves in the mining plan, the quarrying

operations will be continued further reserves may be proved within the Mining

Plan period. At the end of the lease period after completion of the quarrying, the

resulting quarry pits would be developed as rainwater reservoirs after backfilling,

which act as sources for recharging the ground water levels in the area. Green belt

will be developed on the bunds of the quarry and along the benches, haulage roads,

etc.

4.0 CLUSTER EMP BUDGET:

The following budget is proposed for implementation of Environmental

Management Plan.


Page 15 of 16

CLUSTER EMP BUDGET

S. No Details Capital

Cost (In Lakhs)

Recurring Cost

(In Lakhs) Remarks

1 Dust Suppression along common approach road for 0.76 km (Sprinkling system 7.6 KLD)

-- 1.5 Required daily on 270 working days

2 Greenbelt along common approach road for a stretch of 0.76 km

3.0 0.1 500 plants

3 Ambient air quality monitoring (PM10 & PM2..5) -- 0.5 Noise level

TOTAL 3.0 2.1

Water sprinkling on haul roads in cluster of mines:

For the purpose of water sprinkling only the common road length of travel is taken

into account. Based on the data it is calculated that the water needed for sprinkling

is 1 - 2.5 Lt per sq.mt of road. This will reduce emissions up to 75%. The moisture

holding in summer is taken as 2 hours per trip. Thus for a duration of 8 hot hours

the total water needed is as under. As the nearest road length to black top road is

around 832 m form edge of mine

Total Length of travel of common road = 760 m

Average width of road = 5 m

Total area in Sq. Mts = 3800 m2

Water needed for one round of sprinkling @ 1 lit per sq.m = 3800 lit

Total water needed for 2 rounds of sprinkling = 7600 lit or 7.6

KLD

Number of tankers needed for common road alone per day = 1-2

Capital Cost : Rs. 3.0 Lakhs

Recurring Cost per annum : Rs. 2.1 Lakhs

Total Cluster EMP Budget per annum : Rs. 5.1 Lakhs

Cluster mines : 4 mines

Cluster EMP Budget imposed for each mine : 5.1/4 = 1.2 Lakhs

*Note: The above cluster EMP budget can be applicable once the mining operations

commence for individual mines.


Page 16 of 16

4.0 CONCLUSION:

The Colour Granite (Srikakulam Blue) quarrying project proposed by Sri

Chimaladinne Sridhar, Lessee Sri Chimaladinne Sridhar proposed to obtain a

mining lease for quarrying Colour Granite over an Extent of 14.54 Ha which is

located in Sy.No. 1 of Bellukola Village, Nandigama Mandal, Srikakulam District,

Andhra Pradesh will be environmental compatible to the surrounding and there

will be no long term environmental impact based on the existing environmental

scenario. The particulate matter getting airborne from the quarrying activity gets

dispersed in close proximity itself and settles down early. The noise levels due to

the proposed quarry activity are also not of a higher order that calls for immediate

corrective measures. There will be positive socio-economic front in the

surrounding region due to the proposed quarrying activity. The green belt

development would help in achieving ecological balance.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will help mitigate adverse impacts on the

environment. Where impacts occur, immediate action would be taken to reduce the

escalation of effects associated with these impacts.

Hence, it is requested that Environmental Clearance be accorded to the Colour

Granite (Srikakulam Blue) quarry project.

Feb' - Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board

Documents

Transcript of Feb' - Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board